0>>>>131-03-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन31-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban31-03-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x31-03-95 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 31-03-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2परमात्म मिलन मेले की सौगात - ताज , तख्त और तिलकparamātma milan mēlē kī|key saugāt - tāj , takht aur tilakparamātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] - tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.]Supreme Soul meeting fair (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) gift - crown , throne and tilak
1The signs of the mela of a meeting with God are the crown, the throne and the tilak.
3आज बेहद का बाप बेहद में सभी बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bēhad kā bāp bēhad mē̃ sabhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bēhad kā bāp[x] bēhad[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today unlimited Father unlimited in all child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, the unlimited Father is seeing all the children in the unlimited form.
4बेहद का बाप है और आप सभी भी बेहद के मालिक सो बालक हो . bēhad kā bāp hai aur āp sabhī bhī bēhad kē|K mālik sō bālak hō . bēhad kā bāp[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] sō|sōnā[root] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . unlimited Father be[pres.sg.23] and you all too unlimited (of|K) master (x|sleep[root]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
3The Father is unlimited and all of you are also the unlimited masters and also the children.
5बापदादा सभी स्नेही सहयोगी बच्चों को देखहर्षित हो रहे हैं और बच्चे बाप को देखकर हर्षितहो रहे हैं . bāpdādā sabhī snēhī sahyōgī bachchō̃ kō dēkhaharṣit hō rahē haĩ aur bachchē bāp kō dēkhkar harṣitahō rahē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] x rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada all loving co-operative child to x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and child father to see[abs.] x remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
4BapDada is happy to see all the loving and cooperative children, and the children are also happy to see the Father. 5Does the Father have greater happiness or do the children?
6बाप को ज्यादा खुशी है वा बच्चों को ज्यादा खुशी है-क्या कहेंगे ? bāp kō jyādā khuśhī hai vā bachchō̃ kō jyādā khuśhī hai-kyā kahē̃gē ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? father to more happiness be[pres.sg.23] or child to more happiness x say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
6What would you say? 7Both! 8This is known as the mela of a meeting with God.
7दोनों को ! dōnō̃ kō ! dōnō̃ kō[postp.] ! x to ! 8इसको कहा जाता है परमात्म मिलन मेला . iskō kahā jātā hai paramātma milan mēlā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) Supreme Soul meeting fair .
9Many melas take place, but the mela of a meeting with God only takes place at the confluence age.
9मेले तो बहुत होते ही हैं लेकिन परमात्म मिलन मेला एक ही संगमयुग पर होता है . mēlē tō bahut hōtē hī haĩ lēkin paramātma milan mēlā ēk hī saṅgamyug par hōtā hai . mēlā[x] tō bahut hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . fair then very be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Supreme Soul meeting fair one only confluence age (at|other) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
10It cannot take place at any other time throughout the kalpa. 11It is happening now and it will happen again.
10सारे कल्प में नहीं हो सकता है . sārē kalp mē̃ nahī̃ hō saktā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . the whole cycle in not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
12All of you are enjoying the mela, are you not?
11अब हो रहा है और होगा . ab hō rahā hai aur hōgā . ab[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . now be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and be[fut.m.sg.23] . 12आप सबको भी मेला अच्छा लग रहा है ना ! āp sabkō bhī mēlā achchhā lag rahā hai nā ! āp[pn.pl.] sabkō bhī[p.] mēlā[x] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! you everything too fair enjoy ∅ !
13BapDada is happy to seethe fortune of the children, and He sings the song in His heart: Wah children!
13बापदादा तो बच्चों के भाग्य को देख हर्षित होते हैं और दिल में गीत गाते हैं-वाह बच्चे वाह ! bāpdādā tō bachchō̃ kē|K bhāgya kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ aur dil mē̃ gīt gātē haĩ-vāh bachchē vāh ! bāpdādā tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! BapDada then child (of|K) x to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and heart in x sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x child wah! !
14Wah!. 15You never dreamt of this fortune, you never even thought of this fortune, but you are now experiencing the elevated fortune in a practical form.
14जो भाग्य स्वप्न में भी न था , संकल्प में भी नहीं था लेकिन अब साकार में श्रेष्ठ भाग्य अनुभव कर रहे हैं . jō bhāgya svapn mē̃ bhī na thā , saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ thā lēkin ab sākār mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya anubhav kar rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] na[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] lēkin ab[adv.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that x dream in too not be[past.m.sg] , thought in too not be[past.m.sg] but now sakar in elevated x experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
16The line of elevated fortune is sparkling on the forehead of each one of you. 17All of you are sparkling stars, are you not? 18Speak!
15हर एक के मस्तक पर श्रेष्ठ भाग्य की लकीर चमक रही है . har ēk kē|K mastak par śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kī|key lakīr chamak rahī hai . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lakīr[n.f.;sg.] chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . each one (of|K) forehead (at|other) elevated x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) line x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
19Yes or no? 20You have this elevated fortune of yours in your awareness, do you not?
16सभी चमकते हुए सितारे हो ना ? sabhī chamaktē huē sitārē hō nā ? sab[adv.hī] chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? all x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] star (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
21Do you have an elevated fortune?
17अपना ये श्रेष्ठ भाग्य स्मृति में रहता है ना ! apnā yē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya smr̥iti mē̃ rahtā hai nā ! apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] yah[pn.pl.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! (one’s own|adopt[root]) this elevated x awareness in remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ! 18क्यों श्रेष्ठ भाग्य है ? kyō̃ śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya hai ? kyō̃ śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? why elevated x be[pres.sg.23] ?
22All of you fortunate souls have taken a divine Brahmin birth through the Bestower of Fortune.
19क्योंकि भाग्य विधाता द्वारा आप भाग्यवान आत्माओं का दिव्य ब्राह्मण जन्म हुआ है . kyōṅki bhāgya vidhātā dvārā āp bhāgyavān ātmāō̃ kā divya brāhmaṇ janm huā hai . kyōṅki bhāgya vidhātā[x] dvārā āp[pn.pl.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] divya[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because Bestower of Fortune through you fortunate soul of divine Brahmin (life|be born[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
23Baba is called the Bestower of Fortune and Brahma is also called the bestower of fortune. 24The birth of all of you has taken place through BapDada.
20बाप को भी भाग्य विधाता कहते हैं और ब्रह्मा को भी भाग्य विधाता कहते हैं . bāp kō bhī bhāgya vidhātā kahtē haĩ aur brahmā kō bhī bhāgya vidhātā kahtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhāgya vidhātā[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhāgya vidhātā[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father to too Bestower of Fortune say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Brahma to too Bestower of Fortune say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
25The fortune of one whose Father is the Bestower of Fortune Himself would have such an elevated fortune!
21और आप सबका जन्म बापदादा द्वारा हुआ है . aur āp sabkā janm bāpdādā dvārā huā hai . aur āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bāpdādā dvārā hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and you everyone's (life|be born[root]) BapDada through be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
26It isn't that it would be, but that it is! 27It is, is it not?
22तो जिसका बाप स्वयं भाग्य विधाता है उसका भाग्य कितना श्रेष्ठ होगा ! tō jiskā bāp svayã bhāgya vidhātā hai uskā bhāgya kitnā śhrēṣhṭh hōgā ! tō jō[pn.sg.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã bhāgya vidhātā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! then that[.kā] father x Bestower of Fortune be[pres.sg.23] that[.kā] x so elevated be[fut.m.sg.23] !
28Do those sitting at the back have this fortune? 29You are celebrating a meeting with God, are you not?
23परमात्म मिलन मना रहे हो ना ! paramātma milan manā rahē hō nā ! paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! Supreme Soul meeting celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
30Are those sitting here on the side celebrating a meeting?
24 ( डबल फॉरेनर्स से ) ये भी मना रहे हैं ! ( double foreigners sē ) yē bhī manā rahē haĩ ! ( double foreigner sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! ( double foreigner from ) this too celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
31(Speaking to the double foreigners.) 32You are also celebrating.
25बेहद के मेले में अगर डबल विदेशी नहीं होते तो बेहद का नहीं कहा जाता . bēhad kē|K mēlē mē̃ agar double vidēśhī nahī̃ hōtē tō bēhad kā nahī̃ kahā jātā . bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] agar double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bēhad kā[x] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . unlimited (of|K) fair in if double foreigner not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then unlimited not say[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
33It is very good. 34If the double foreigners were not present in the unlimited mela, it would not be an unlimited mela.
26तो आप लोगों का भी विशेष पार्ट है , जो बाप और सर्व बच्चे देख देखहर्षित होते हैं . tō āp lōgō̃ kā bhī viśhēṣh part hai , jō bāp aur sarv bachchē dēkh dēkhaharṣit hōtē haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[root] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then you people of too special part be[pres.sg.23] , that father and all child see[root] x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
35So, all of you also have a special part so that the Father and all the children are happy to see you.
27भाग्य विधाता द्वारा जन्म होना-ये सबसे नम्बरवन भाग्य है . bhāgya vidhātā dvārā janm hōnā-yē sabsē number one bhāgya hai . bhāgya vidhātā[x] dvārā janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] x sabsē number one bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bestower of Fortune through (life|be born[root]) x the most number one x be[pres.sg.23] .
36And so the number one fortune is to take a birth through the Bestower of Fortune.
28साथ साथ सारे कल्प में किसी भी जन्म में एक ही परमात्मा बाप भी बने , शिक्षक भी बने , सतगुरू भी बने और सर्व सम्बन्ध भी निभाये-ऐसा सतयुग से कलियुग तक किसको भाग्य मिला है ? sāth sāth sārē kalp mē̃ kisī bhī janm mē̃ ēk hī paramātmā bāp bhī banē , śhikṣhak bhī banē , satgurū bhī banē aur sarv sambandh bhī nibhāyē-aisā satyug sē kaliyug tak kiskō bhāgya milā hai ? sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , śhikṣhak[x] bhī[p.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] aur sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] x satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak kaun[pn.sg.kō] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? with with the whole cycle in (some|anything) too (life|be born[root]) in one only Supreme Soul father too (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , teacher too (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , Satguru too (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) and all relationship too x golden age from iron age until who[.kō] x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
37As well as this, from the golden age to the iron age, has anyone ever received in any birth the fortune of having the Supreme Soul as the Father, the Teacher and the Satguru and also the One who fulfils the responsibility of all relationships?
29और अभी आपको मिला है ! aur abhī āpkō milā hai ! aur ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! and now you[.kō] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
38However, you have received it now.
30अभी आप निश्चय और नशे से कहते हो कि हमारा पालनहार परम आत्मा है . abhī āp niśhchay aur naśhē sē kahtē hō ki hamārā pālanhār param ātmā hai . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] pālanhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now you faith and intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] that we[.kā] x Supreme soul be[pres.sg.23] .
39You say with faith and intoxication that the One who is sustaining you is the Supreme Soul.
31दुनिया वाले कहने मात्र कहते हैं कि परमात्मा ही पाल रहा है लेकिन आप प्रैक्टिकल अनुभव से कहते हो कि परमात्मा बाप है और बाप ही पालनहार है , पालना कर रहे हैं ! duniyā vālē kahnē mātra kahtē haĩ ki paramātmā hī pāl rahā hai lēkin āp practical anubhav sē kahtē hō ki paramātmā bāp hai aur bāp hī pālanhār hai , pālnā kar rahē haĩ ! duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mātra kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] pālnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] practical anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] pālanhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! world those who say[inf.m.pl.,o.] just say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Supreme Soul only sustenance[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but you practical experience from say[pres.pl.m.2] that Supreme Soul father be[pres.sg.23] and father only x be[pres.sg.23] , (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
40People of the world just say that God is sustaining them, whereas you say with practical experience that God is your Father and that He is your Sustainer. 41He is sustaining you!
32नशा है ना या थोड़ा थोड़ा भूल जाते हो ? naśhā hai nā yā thōṛā thōṛā bhūl jātē hō ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ or short short x[pres.pl.m.2] ?
42Do you have this intoxication? 43Or do you sometimes forget it a little?
33चलते चलते अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को साधारण समझ लेते हो , है श्रेष्ठ लेकिन समझ साधारण लेते हो . chaltē chaltē apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō sādhāraṇ samajh lētē hō , hai śhrēṣhṭh lēkin samajh sādhāraṇ lētē hō . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] lēkin samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] sādhāraṇ[adj.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one’s own elevated x to ordinary understand[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] , be[pres.sg.23] elevated but (understanding|understand[root]) ordinary take[pres.pl.m.2] .
44What happens is that whilst moving along, you consider your fortune to be ordinary. 45It is elevated but you consider it to be ordinary.
34इसलिए जो नशा और खुशी की झलक सदा होनी चाहिये , वह नहीं रहती . isliē jō naśhā aur khuśhī kī|key jhalak sadā hōnī chāhiyē , vah nahī̃ rahtī . isliē jō[pn.;d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key jhalak[n.f.;sg.]|jhalaknā[root] sadā hōnā[.oblig3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.f.] . therefore that intoxication and happiness (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sparkle[root]) constantly be[.oblig3] , that not remain[pres-part.f.] . 35वैसे एक सेकण्ड भी भूल नहीं सकते लेकिन कॉमन समझ लेते हो कि बाप मिल गया , हमारा हो गया , हम भी बाप के हो गये … जब हमारा है तो नशा ( फखुर ) होना चाहिये ना ? vaisē ēk second bhī bhūl nahī̃ saktē lēkin common samajh lētē hō ki bāp mil gayā , hamārā hō gayā , ham bhī bāp kē|K hō gayē … jab hamārā hai tō naśhā ( phakhur ) hōnā chāhiyē nā ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin common samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] … jab ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ( fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) hōnā[.oblig3] nā ? x one second too (forget[root]|mistake) not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x understand[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] that father receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , we[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , we too father (of|K) be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] … when we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] then intoxication ( intoxication ) be[.oblig3] ∅ ?
46So, because of thinking it to be ordinary, the sparkle of intoxication and happiness that you should constantly have, that you shouldn't forget for even one second disappears, because having found the Father, and knowing that He belongs to you and that you also belong to Him, you take it for granted. 47He does belong to you.
36लेकिन कभी ऊंचा तो कभी मध्यम , कभी साधारण हो जाता है . lēkin kabhī ūñchā tō kabhī madhyam , kabhī sādhāraṇ hō jātā hai . lēkin kabhī[adv.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kabhī[adv.] madhyam[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . but ever elevated then ever x , ever ordinary be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
48Since He belongs to you, you should have this intoxication; you should have this spiritual intoxication.
37सोचो , हमारा बाप परम आत्मा है ! sōchō , hamārā bāp param ātmā hai ! sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , we[.kā] father Supreme soul be[pres.sg.23] !
49So is there any fluctuation?
38और फिर शिक्षक डायरेक्ट परम आत्मा है ! aur phir śhikṣhak direct param ātmā hai ! aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] śhikṣhak[x] direct param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! and (then|turn[root]) teacher direct Supreme soul be[pres.sg.23] ! 39क्या शिक्षा दी ? kyā śhikṣhā dī|the ? kyā śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ? what teachings (give[past-part.f.]|the) ?
50You have it, but sometimes it is elevated, sometimes of the middle level, and sometimes ordinary.
40आपको क्या बना दिया ? āpkō kyā banā diyā ? āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ? you[.kō] what (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) ?
51Just think: Our Father is the Supreme Soul.
41त्रिनेत्री , त्रिकालदर्शी , त्रिलोकीनाथ . trinētrī , trikāldarśhī , trilōkīnāth . trinētrī[x] , trikāldarśhī[adj.] , trilōkīnāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . trinetri , trikaldarshi , x .
52And the Supreme Soul is also directly your Teacher. 53What teachings did He give?
42ऐसी कोई पढ़ाई पढ़ता है ! aisī kōī paṛhāī paṛhtā hai ! aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] paṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! such some (study|teach[past-part.f.]) study[pres.sg.m.23] !
54What did He make you? 55Trinetri, Trikaldarshi, Trilokinath.
43अभी तक ये डिग्री सुनी है ? abhī tak yē degree sunī hai ? ab[adv.hī] tak yah[pn.pl.d.] degree sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? now until this degree listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
56Does anyone study such an education?
44जज बैरिस्टर , डॉक्टर , इंजीनियर ये तो सब डिग्रीज देखी हैं लेकिन त्रिलोकीनाथ , त्रिकालदर्शी , त्रिनेत्री , नॉलेजफुल … ऐसी डिग्री देखी है ? judge barrister , doctor , engineer yē tō sab ḍigrīj dēkhī haĩ lēkin trilōkīnāth , trikāldarśhī , trinētrī , knowledgeful … aisī degree dēkhī hai ? judge barrister , doctor , engineer yah[pn.pl.d.] tō sab[adj.] x dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin trilōkīnāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] , trikāldarśhī[adj.] , trinētrī[x] , knowledgeful … aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] degree dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? judge barrister , doctor , engineer this then all x see[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] but x , trikaldarshi , trinetri , knowledgeful … such degree see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
57Until now, have you ever heard of this degree? 58You know of the degrees of becoming a judge, a barrister, a doctor or an engineer, but have you heard of the degree of becoming Trilokinath, Trikaldarshi, Trinetri and knowledgefull?
45द्वापर से कलियुग तक किसको मिली है ? dvāpar sē kaliyug tak kiskō milī hai ? dvāpar sē[postp.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak kaun[pn.sg.kō] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? copper age from iron age until who[.kō] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
59Has anyone from the copper age through to their on age ever received it?
46आपको मिली थी ? āpkō milī thī ? āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[past-perf.f.] ? you[.kō] receive[past-perf.f.] ?
60Did you receive it?
47आपने भी तो 63 जन्म लिये हैं . āpnē bhī tō 63 janma liyē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] tō 63 janma lēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.nē] too then 63 x .
61You have also taken sixtythree births.
48तो न किसको मिली है , न मिलनी है . tō na kiskō milī hai , na milnī hai . tō na[neg] kaun[pn.sg.kō] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , na[neg] milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then not who[.kō] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , not receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
62Neither has anyone received it nor will anyone receive it.
49ऐसा शिक्षक हमारा है . aisā śhikṣhak hamārā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhikṣhak[x] ham[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such teacher we[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] .
63Such is your Teacher!
50साइंस वाले साइंस की कितनी भी योजना करें तो भी त्रिलोक तक नहीं पहुँच सकते . science vālē science kī|key kitnī bhī yōjnā karē̃ tō bhī trilōk tak nahī̃ pahũch saktē . science vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] yōjnā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] trilōk tak nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . science those who science (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) so too x do[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ x until not reach[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
64No matter how much experimentation scientists do, they still cannot reach Trilok.
51तीनों लोकों का नॉलेज प्राप्त हो नहीं सकता . tīnō̃ lōkō̃ kā knowledge prāpt hō nahī̃ saktā . tīnō̃[adj.] lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] knowledge prāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . all three x of knowledge reached (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
65They cannot attain the knowledge of all three worlds.
52और आपमें तो 5 वर्ष का बच्चा भी तीन लोकों की नॉलेज देता है ! aur āpmē̃ tō 5 varṣh kā bachchā bhī tīn lōkō̃ kī|key knowledge dētā hai ! aur āp[pn.pl.mē̃] tō 5 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] tīn[adj.] lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key knowledge dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! and you[.mē̃] then 5 year of child too x x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) knowledge give[pres.sg.m.23] !
66And amongst you, even a five year old child gives the knowledge of the three worlds. 67He gives this, does he not?
53वो भी फलक से कहेगा-हाँ , सूक्ष्म वतन है , मूल वतन है . vō bhī phalak sē kahēgā-hā̃ , sūkṣhma vatan hai , mūl vatan hai . vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x , sūkṣhma[adj.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too sparkle of intoxication from x , subtle world be[pres.sg.23] , main world be[pres.sg.23] .
68He would also say with intoxication: Yes, there is the subtle region and the incorporeal world.
54तो परम आत्मा शिक्षक भी है . tō param ātmā śhikṣhak bhī hai . tō param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] śhikṣhak[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Supreme soul teacher too be[pres.sg.23] .
69So, the Supreme Soul is also the Teacher.
55श्रेष्ठ शिक्षा से ये डिग्री तो प्राप्त कराई लेकिन दुनिया में सबसे बड़े ते बड़ा पद राज्य पद होता है . śhrēṣhṭh śhikṣhā sē yē degree tō prāpt karāī lēkin duniyā mē̃ sabsē baṛē tē baṛā pad rājya pad hōtā hai . śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] degree tō prāpt[adj.] karānā[past-part.f.] lēkin duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . elevated teachings from this degree then reached make commit[past-part.f.] but world in the most very from very status kingdom status be[pres.sg.m.23] .
70He enabled you to attain this degree with His elevated teachings, but the greatest status in the world is the ruling status.
56तो पढ़ाई से पद भी मिलता है ना ! tō paṛhāī sē pad bhī miltā hai nā ! tō paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! then (study|teach[past-part.f.]) from status too receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
71Therefore, you also receive a status through your study.
57तो आपको राजा बनाया है ? tō āpkō rājā banāyā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.kō] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then you[.kō] king create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
72So He has made you into kings.
58अभी राजा हो या बनना है ? abhī rājā hō yā bannā hai ? ab[adv.hī] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? now king (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 59हो राजा और बैठे पट में हो ! hō rājā aur baiṭhē paṭ mē̃ hō ! hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) king and (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) x in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
73Are you a king or do you still have to become one? 74Are you a king now?
60पक्का मकान भी नहीं , टेन्ट में बैठे हो ! pakkā makān bhī nahī̃ , tent mē̃ baiṭhē hō ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , tent mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ! firm building too not , x in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] !
75You are a king and yet you are sitting on the floor!
61तो देखो श्रेष्ठ में श्रेष्ठ पद राज पद है . tō dēkhō śhrēṣhṭh mē̃ śhrēṣhṭh pad rāj pad hai . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mē̃[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] elevated in elevated status x status be[pres.sg.23] .
76You do not even have a proper building. 77You are sitting in a tent.
62अभी भी स्वराज्य अधिकारी हो और भविष्य में भी विश्व राज्य अधिकारी बनना ही है . abhī bhī svarājya adhikārī hō aur bhaviṣhya mē̃ bhī viśhva rājya adhikārī bannā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now too self-sovereign (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and future in too world master become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
78So just see, the most elevated status is the ruling status; so you are a selfsovereignat this time and in the future also.
63ये पक्का है ना ? yē pakkā hai nā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 64किसको राज्य करना है ? kiskō rājya karnā hai ? kaun[pn.sg.kō] rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? who[.kō] x ?
79You have to become a world ruler in the future also.
65आप राज्य करेंगे कि आपके ऊपर कोई राजा राज्य करेगा ? āp rājya karē̃gē ki āpkē ūpar kōī rājā rājya karēgā ? āp[pn.pl.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] ūpar kōī[pn.;d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? you x that you[.kē] over some king x ?
80This is firm, is it not? 81Who has to rule? 82Who will rule?
66नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .
83Will you?
67ये सब इतने राजा बन जायेंगे ! yē sab itnē rājā ban jāyēṅgē ! yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ! this all such king become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] !
84Or will another king rule over you? 85No.
68इतने सब राज्य करेंगे ! itnē sab rājya karē̃gē ! itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! such all x !
86All of you will become kings.
69प्रजा भी तैयार की है या अपने ऊपर ही राज्य करेंगे ? prajā bhī taiyār kī hai yā apnē ūpar hī rājya karē̃gē ? prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] yā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar hī[p.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x too x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] or one’s own over only x ?
87Will all of you rule? 88Have you also prepared the subjects, or will you rule over your own self?
70तो अपना भाग्य देखो-परम आत्मा मेरा शिक्षक है , राज्य पद देने वाला . tō apnā bhāgya dēkhō-param ātmā mērā śhikṣhak hai , rājya pad dēnē vālā . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] x ātmā[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śhikṣhak[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) x x soul I[.kā] teacher be[pres.sg.23] , kingdom status give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
89So just look at your fortune: the Supreme Soul is your Teacher, the One who gives you the ruling status.
71और फिर सतगुरू बन … गुरू क्या करते हैं ? aur phir satgurū ban … gurū kyā kartē haĩ ? aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] … gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? and (then|turn[root]) Satguru (become[root]|x) … guru what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
90And then, as the Satguru; what does a guru do?
72मन्त्र देते हैं ना . mantra dētē haĩ nā . mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . mantra give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
91He gives you a mantra.
73तो सतगुरू ने क्या मन्त्र दिया ? tō satgurū nē kyā mantra diyā ? tō satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then Satguru ∅ what mantra give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
92So what mantra did the Satguru give you?
74मनमनाभव . manmanābhav . manmanābhav . Manmanabhav .
93Manmanabhav.
75सतगुरू द्वारा महामन्त्र भी मिला और सर्व वरदान भी मिले . satgurū dvārā mahāmantra bhī milā aur sarv vardān bhī milē . satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā mahāmantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sarv[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . Satguru through x too (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) and all blessing too (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
94You received the great mantra from the Satguru and you also received all blessings.
76कितने वरदान मिले हैं ? kitnē vardān milē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? so blessing receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
95How many blessings have you received?
77वरदानों की लिस्ट देखो कितनी लम्बी है ! vardānō̃ kī|key list dēkhō kitnī lambī hai ! vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so x be[pres.sg.23] !
96Looked your list of blessings. 97It is so long.
78रोज वरदान मिलता है ना ! rōj vardān miltā hai nā ! rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! day blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
98You receive a blessing every day.
79कितने समय से मिल रहे हैं ! kitnē samay sē mil rahē haĩ ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! so time from receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
99You have been receiving it for so long.
80इतने वरदान कोई भी फॉलोअर को कोई गुरू दे ही नहीं सकते . itnē vardān kōī bhī follower kō kōī gurū dē hī nahī̃ saktē . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī bhī[x] follower kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . such blessing anyone follower to some guru (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) only not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
100No guru can give so many blessings to his followers.
81ऐसा सतगुरू जो रोज वरदान दे , ऐसा देखा ? aisā satgurū jō rōj vardān dē , aisā dēkhā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? such Satguru that day blessing (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) , such see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 82अभी नशा है ना ! abhī naśhā hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! now intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
101Have you ever seen such a guru like the Satguru who gives you a blessing every day?
83 ( हाँ जी ) बहुत अच्छा . ( hā̃ jī ) bahut achchhā . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( yes ) very achcha .
102You have this intoxication now, do you not?
84सदा रखना . sadā rakhnā . sadā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
103Very good.
85ऐसे नहीं , यहाँ से बस में जाओ तो नशा उतरना शुरू हो जाये . aisē nahī̃ , yahā̃ sē bas mē̃ jāō tō naśhā utarnā śhurū hō jāyē . aisē nahī̃[x] , yahā̃ sē[postp.] basnā[root]|bas mē̃[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] utarnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . it isn't that , here from (x[root]|simply) in go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then intoxication go down[inf.m.sg.d.] x . 86सदा बढ़ता रहे . sadā baṛhtā rahē . sadā baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . constantly grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
104Constantly keep it with you. 105It should not be that your intoxication begins to reduce as soon as you get into the bus from here.
87बापदादा सभी बच्चों को सदा ही हर सब्जेक्ट में नम्बरवन देखना चाहते हैं . bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō sadā hī har|her subject mē̃ number one dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā hī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her subject mē̃[postp.] number one dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . BapDada all child to constantly only (x[root]|x) subject in number one see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .
106It should constantly keep on increasing. 107BapDada constantly wishes to see each child as number one in every subject.
88तो नम्बरवन हो कि अभी बनना है ? tō number one hō ki abhī bannā hai ? tō number one hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then number one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that now become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
108So, are you number one, or do you still have to become that?
89नशे से कहो कि हम नहीं होंगे तो कौन होगा ! naśhē sē kahō ki ham nahī̃ hōṅgē tō kaun hōgā ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! intoxication from say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then who be[fut.m.sg.23] !
109Say with intoxication: If I don't become this, who would?
90विदेशियों को डबल नशा है ना ! vidēśhiyō̃ kō double naśhā hai nā ! vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] double naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! foreigner to double intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
110Double foreigners have double the intoxication, do they not?
91अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
111It is good.
92बाप भी खुश होते हैं कि एक एक मेरा बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . bāp bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ ki ēk ēk mērā bachchā rājā bachchā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one one I[.kā] child king child be[pres.sg.23] . 93प्रजा नहीं है . prajā nahī̃ hai . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x not be[pres.sg.23] .
112Baba is also happy that each child of His is a crown prince, not part of the subjects.
94प्रजा तो पीछे आने वाली है . prajā tō pīchhē ānē vālī hai . prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pīchhē ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.sg.23] .
113The subjects are to come later.
95आप तो फिर भी लक्की हो जो इतना भी मिलने का चांस मिला है . āp tō phir bhī lucky hō jō itnā bhī milnē kā chance milā hai . āp[pn.pl.] tō phir bhī[x] lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you then nevertheless lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that such too receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
114All of you are still lucky that you have a chance to have this meeting.
96टेन्ट में रहना पड़ा तो क्या हुआ . tent mē̃ rahnā paṛā tō kyā huā . tent mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x in remain[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
115What does it matter if you have to stay in a tent?
97मिट्टी पर तो नहीं सो रहे हो ना , गदेले पर सो रहे हो . miṭṭī par tō nahī̃ sō rahē hō nā , gadēlē par sō rahē hō . miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā , gadēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . mud (at|other) then not sleep[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ , mattress (at|other) sleep[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
116At least you are not sleeping in the mud! 117You are sleeping on mattresses.
98ब्रह्मा भोजन तो अच्छा मिलता है ना ? brahmā bhōjan tō achchhā miltā hai nā ? brahmā bhōjan[x] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? Brahma bhojan then achcha receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ? 99मिट्टी वाला तो नहीं मिलता ? miṭṭī vālā tō nahī̃ miltā ? miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? mud those who then not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
118You are receiving good Brahma bhojan; not that filled with dust.
100प्यार से खाते हो ना ? pyār sē khātē hō nā ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? love from eat[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
119You eat with love, do you not?
101थोड़ा बहुत तो होता ही है , होना ही है . thōṛā bahut tō hōtā hī hai , hōnā hī hai . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . short very then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
120There will be some difficulties; there has to be.
102क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
121Why?
103माया और प्रभु का खेल साथ साथ चल रहा है . māyā aur prabhu kā khēl sāth sāth chal rahā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] aur prabhu kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Maya and God of (play|play[root]) with with continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
122The game between Maya and God takes place at the same time.
104अगर परमात्मा द्वारा मेला हुआ तो माया भी झमेला जरूर करती है . agar paramātmā dvārā mēlā huā tō māyā bhī jhamēlā jarūr kartī hai . agar paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā mēlā[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] zarūr karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . if Supreme Soul through fair be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then Maya too turmoil definitely do[pres.sg.f.23] .
123If you have a mela with God, Maya will also definitely create a confusion (jamela).
105आपका काम है मेला करना , उसका काम है झमेला करना . āpkā kām hai mēlā karnā , uskā kām hai jhamēlā karnā . āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mēlā[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . you[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] fair do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] turmoil do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
124Your duty is to have a mela and her duty is to create a jamela.
106तो झमेला भी हुआ और मेला भी हुआ . tō jhamēlā bhī huā aur mēlā bhī huā . tō jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur mēlā[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then turmoil too be[past-part.m.sg.d.] and fair too be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
125So you had a jamela and also a mela.
107 ( किसी ने कहा आंधी चली ) कोई बात नहीं . ( kisī nē kahā āndhī chalī ) kōī bāt nahī̃ . ( kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chalnā[past-part.f.] ) kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . ( (some|anything) ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] x continue[past-part.f.] ) some matter not .
126(There was a cyclone there.) 127That does not matter.
108आपके पुरूषार्थ की आंधी है और ये हवा की आंधी है . āpkē purūṣhārth kī|key āndhī hai aur yē havā kī|key āndhī hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.pl.d.] havā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kē] effort (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] and this x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
128This is the cyclone (intense speed) of your effort and that is the physical cyclone.
109घबराते तो नहीं हो ना कि क्या हो गया ? ghabrātē tō nahī̃ hō nā ki kyā hō gayā ? ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ki[conj.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ that what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
129You are not afraid about what happened, are you?
110नहीं , आंधी आये या बरसात आये , कितनी भी हलचल हो लेकिन आपका मन अचल है ना ? nahī̃ , āndhī āyē yā barsāt āyē , kitnī bhī halchal hō lēkin āpkā man achal hai nā ? nahī̃[neg] , āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] yā barsāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] halchal[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] achal hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? not , x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) or rain (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , so too upheaval (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you[.kā] mind unshakeable be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
130Whether storms come or whether rains come; no matter how much fluctuation there is, your mind is unshakeable, is it not?
111मातायें घबरा तो नहीं गई , टेन्ट उड़ गया , क्या करें ? mātāyē̃ ghabrā tō nahī̃ gaī , tent uṛ gayā , kyā karē̃ ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ghabrānā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.f.] , tent uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? mother be afraid[root] then not go[past-part.f.] , x fly[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
131The mothers are not afraid, are you? 132The tents have blown away; what shall we do?
112थोड़ा थोड़ा घबराये , क्या होगा , तबियत अच्छी रहेगी , नहीं रहेगी ? thōṛā thōṛā ghabrāyē , kyā hōgā , tabiyat achchhī rahēgī , nahī̃ rahēgī ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? short short be afraid[opt.sg.23] , what be[fut.m.sg.23] , health achcha remain[fut.f.sg.23] , not remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?
133Were you a little afraid wondering what is going to happen and whether your health would remain good or not?
113कुछ भी हो भक्ति से तो धक्के और मेहनत कम ही है ना . kuchh bhī hō bhakti sē tō dhakkē aur mēhnat kam|cum hī hai nā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kam[adj.]|cum hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) devotion from then x and effort (less|x) only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
134No matter what it is, it is less stumbling and effort than in bhakti, is it not?
114भक्ति के धक्के तो नहीं खाते हो ना , मजे में रहते हो ना ! bhakti kē|K dhakkē tō nahī̃ khātē hō nā , majē mē̃ rahtē hō nā ! bhakti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! devotion (of|K) x then not eat[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , pleasure in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
135You are not stumbling like on the path of bhakti, are you? 136You are living comfortably, are you not?
115तो ये मेला अच्छा लगा या झमेला देखकर घबरा गये ? tō yē mēlā achchhā lagā yā jhamēlā dēkhkar ghabrā gayē ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] mēlā[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[abs.] ghabrānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? then this fair achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) or turmoil see[abs.] be afraid[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
137So, did you enjoy this mela, or were you afraid seeing the jamela? 138Was no one afraid?
116नहीं , कोई नहीं घबराये ? nahī̃ , kōī nahī̃ ghabrāyē ? nahī̃[neg] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] ? not , some not be afraid[opt.sg.23] ?
139One or two must have been afraid.
117एक दो तो घबराये होंगे ? ēk dō tō ghabrāyē hōṅgē ? ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tō ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) then be afraid[opt.sg.23] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
140You are enjoying yourselves, are you not?
118मजा आ रहा है ? majā ā rahā hai ? mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? pleasure come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? 119और भी दो दिन रखें ? aur bhī dō din rakhē̃ ? aur bhī[p.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? and too (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) day keep[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
141Should we continue this mela for two more days?
120अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 121बापदादा भी माया का झमेला देख चक्कर लगाते रहते हैं . bāpdādā bhī māyā kā jhamēlā dēkh chakkar lagātē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada too Maya of turmoil see[root] cycle attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
142Achcha, BapDada also tours around seeing the jamela of Maya.
122खेल देखते हैं-बच्चे क्या करते हैं और माया क्या करती है ? khēl dēkhtē haĩ-baccē kyā kartē haĩ aur māyā kyā kartī hai ? khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? (play|play[root]) see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Maya what do[pres.sg.f.23] ?
143He sees the game of what the children do and what Maya does.
123बापदादा को बच्चों का स्नेह देख खुशी है . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kā snēh dēkh khuśhī hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to child of love see[root] happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
144BapDada is happy to see the love of the children.
124स्नेह ने मेला रचाया है . snēh nē mēlā rachāyā hai . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] mēlā[x] rachnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . love ∅ fair creation .
145Their love has created this mela.
125बाप का भी स्नेह है तो बच्चों का भी स्नेह है , दोनों मिल गये तो क्या हो गया ? bāp kā bhī snēh hai tō bachchō̃ kā bhī snēh hai , dōnō̃ mil gayē tō kyā hō gayā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dōnō̃ milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? father of too love be[pres.sg.23] then child of too love be[pres.sg.23] , x receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? 126मेला . mēlā . mēlā[x] . fair .
146There is the love of the Father, there is the love of the children. 147What happens when both come together?
127दृश्य भी कितना अच्छा लग रहा है . dr̥iśhya bhī kitnā achchhā lag rahā hai . dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . x too so enjoy .
148It becomes a mela. 149The scene is so enjoyable.
128ऐसा कभी सोचा था-इतना बड़ा परिवार मिलेगा और इतना परिवार किसको होगा ? aisā kabhī sōchā thā-itanā baṛā parivār milēgā aur itnā parivār kiskō hōgā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? such ever think[past-part.m.sg.d.] x very family receive[fut.m.sg.23] and such family who[.kō] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
150Did you ever think that you would find such a huge family? 151Who would have such a large family?
129आपके घर कितने हैं ? āpkē ghar kitnē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.kē] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? you[.kē] home so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
152How many homes do you have? 153(One).
130 ( एक है ) और आपके सेवा के स्थान कितने हैं ? ( ēk hai ) aur āpkē sēvā kē|K sthān kitnē haĩ ? ( ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) aur āp[pn.pl.kē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ( one be[pres.sg.23] ) and you[.kē] service (of|K) place so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
154How many service places do you have? 155(Countless.)
131 ( अनेक हैं ) तो उसको भी तो बाबा का घर कहते हो ना ! ( anēk haĩ ) tō uskō bhī tō bābā kā ghar kahtē hō nā ! ( anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) tō vah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] tō bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! ( many be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) then that[.kō] too then Baba of home say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
156So that is also Baba's home, is it not? 157Baba's home is your home.
132तो बाबा का घर आपका घर है . tō bābā kā ghar āpkā ghar hai . tō bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Baba of home you[.kā] home be[pres.sg.23] . 133दुनिया कहती है घरबार छोड़ते हैं और आपने कितने घर बनाये हैं ! duniyā kahtī hai gharbār chhōṛtē haĩ aur āpnē kitnē ghar banāyē haĩ ! duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] gharbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.nē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! world say[pres.sg.f.23] x renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you[.nē] so home create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
158People say that you make people leave their homes, whereas you have actually created so many homes. 159How many homes have you created?
134गिनती नहीं कर सकते हो , याद रखना पड़ता है . gintī nahī̃ kar saktē hō , yād rakhnā paṛtā hai . ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , yād rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . (x[pres-part.f.]|x) not do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , remember .
160You are not able to count them. 161You have to remember all of them.
135तो ये छोड़ना नहीं है , बनाना है . tō yē chhōṛnā nahī̃ hai , banānā hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then this renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
162So, this is not leaving your home, but creating more homes.
136और परिवार को छोड़ा है या परिवार इतना बड़ा बनाया है जो मिलना ही मुश्किल होता है . aur parivār kō chhōṛā hai yā parivār itnā baṛā banāyā hai jō milnā hī muśhkil hōtā hai . aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and family to renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or family such very create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that receive[inf.m.sg.d.] only difficult be[pres.sg.m.23] .
163And did you leave your family, or did you extend your family so much that it is difficult to even meet everyone?
137सारे ब्राह्मण जितने भी जहाँ भी हैं , एक स्थान पर मिल सकते हैं ? sārē brāhmaṇ jitnē bhī jahā̃ bhī haĩ , ēk sthān par mil saktē haĩ ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] jahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? the whole Brahmin the more too where there too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one place (at|other) receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
164Can all the Brahmins, however many there are, meet in one place?
138मुश्किल होगा ना . muśhkil hōgā nā . muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . difficult be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
165It would be difficult, would it not?
139क्योकि दूसरे का राज्य है ना , अपना राज्य तो नहीं है . kyōki dūsrē kā rājya hai nā , apnā rājya tō nahī̃ hai . kyōṅki dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because other of kingdom be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom then not be[pres.sg.23] .
166Because it is someone else's kingdom. 167It is not your kingdom.
140लेकिन बाप मिला , बेहद का परिवार मिला . lēkin bāp milā , bēhad kā parivār milā . lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bēhad kā[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but father (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , unlimited family (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
168However, you have found the Father and an unlimited family.
141तो बेहद को याद करने से बेहद की खुशी , बेहद का नशा होगा . tō bēhad kō yād karnē sē bēhad kī|key khuśhī , bēhad kā naśhā hōgā . tō bēhad[adj.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bēhad kā[x] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then unlimited to remembrance do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from unlimited (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) happiness , unlimited intoxication be[fut.m.sg.23] .
169So, by remembering the unlimited, you have unlimited happiness and unlimited intoxication.
142अगर हद में समझते हैं-मैं तो फलाने देश में हूँ , फलाने देश का हूँ , फलाने जोन का हूँ तो हद होती है लेकिन ये तो निमित्त मात्र निशानी के लिये कहते हैं-ये फलाना जोन , ये फलाना स्थान . agar had mē̃ samajhtē haĩ-maĩ tō phalānē dēśh mē̃ hū̃ , phalānē dēśh kā hū̃ , phalānē zone kā hū̃ tō had hōtī hai lēkin yē tō nimitt mātra niśhānī kē|K liyē kahtē haĩ-yē phalānā zone , yē phalānā sthān . agar had[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x tō phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] tō had[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone , yah[pn.pl.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . if x in understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x then x land in be[pres.sg.1] , x land of be[pres.sg.1] , x zone of be[pres.sg.1] then x be[pres.sg.f.23] but this then instrument just sign (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x x zone , this x place .
170If you look at it in a limited way, thinking: I am from this country, I am from this zone, that is limited. 171However, you just say that in namesake to identify yourselves. 172This is this zone, this is this place.
143बाकी अपने को बेहद का समझते हो ना . bākī apnē kō bēhad kā samajhtē hō nā . bākī|bākī apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bēhad kā[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . (others|but) one’s own to unlimited understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
173But you consider yourself to be of the unlimited, do you not?
144नियम भी रखने पड़ते हैं . niyam bhī rakhnē paṛtē haĩ . niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] . law too keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] .
174You have to observe the disciplines.
145कई ऐसे भी सोचते हैं कि ये क्या बैज लगाओ तभी खाना मिलेगा . kaī aisē bhī sōchtē haĩ ki yē kyā badge lagāō tabhī khānā milēgā . kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā badge lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tabhī khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . some such too think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this what badge attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x (eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|eat[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
175Some even think: What is this that you will only get some food when you put on a badge?
146आपको खाने पर तंग करते हैं ना ? āpkō khānē par taṅg kartē haĩ nā ? āp[pn.pl.kō] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ? you[.kō] (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (at|other) x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ ?
176They create trouble over the meals, do they not?
147लेकिन ये करना ही पड़ता है . lēkin yē karnā hī paṛtā hai . lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but this do[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] . 148क्योंकि कायदे में फायदे हैं . kyōṅki kāydē mē̃ phāydē haĩ . kyōṅki kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because law in profit be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
177But you have to do this, because there is benefit in the regulations.
149ये बंधन नहीं है लेकिन विघ्नों से निर्बन्धन बनाने का साधन है . yē bandhan nahī̃ hai lēkin vighnō̃ sē nirbandhan banānē kā sādhan hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] nirbandhan[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this bondage not be[pres.sg.23] but obstacle from x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
178This is a not a bondage, but it is a means to make you free from obstacles where there are obstacles.
150ये क्या नई बात निकाली-ये नहीं सोचना . yē kyā naī bāt nikālī-yē nahī̃ sōchnā . yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] x nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this what new matter x not think[inf.m.sg.d.] .
179Do not think: What is this new system? 180Your thoughts reach the Father.
151संकल्प तो बाप के पास पहुँचते हैं ना . saṅkalp tō bāp kē pās pahũchtē haĩ nā . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . thought then father to reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 152लेकिन मर्यादा पुरूषोत्तम आप ही हो ना . lēkin maryādā purūṣhōttam āp hī hō nā . lēkin maryādā[n.f.;sg.] purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . but code of conduct the most elevated humans you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
181However, you are the ones who are marayada purshottam (ones who follow the most elevated code of conduct).
153या सिर्फ बड़ी दादियां मर्यादा पुरूषोत्तम हैं , आप फ्री हो ? yā sirph baṛī dādiyā̃ maryādā purūṣhōttam haĩ , āp free hō ? yā sirph[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] maryādā[n.f.;sg.] purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] free hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? or only very Dadi code of conduct the most elevated humans be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you free (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
182Or, is it just the senior Dadis who are maryada purshottam and you are free from this?
154मर्यादा पुरूषोत्तम अर्थात् मर्यादा के अन्दर रहने वाले , चलने वाले . maryādā purūṣhōttam arthāt maryādā kē|K andar rahnē vālē , chalnē vālē . maryādā[n.f.;sg.] purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt maryādā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . code of conduct the most elevated humans that is code of conduct (of|K) inside remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
183So, to be maryada purshottam means to be one who follows all the maryadas and stays within the line of conduct; one who always say "Ha ji".
155हाँ जी का पाठ पक्का है ना ? hā̃ jī kā pāṭh pakkā hai nā ? hā̃ jī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? yes of lesson firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 156अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
184The lesson of "Ha ji" is made firm, is it not?
157और जब कोई बात हो जाती है तो हाँ जी होता है या ना जी भी होता है ? aur jab kōī bāt hō jātī hai tō hā̃ jī hōtā hai yā nā jī bhī hōtā hai ? aur jab kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō hā̃ jī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā nā jī[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? and when some matter be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then yes be[pres.sg.m.23] or no too be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
185And when something happens, are you able to say, "Ha ji", or do you even say, "Na ji"?
158जब कोई ऐसी बात करते हैं तो हाँ जी के बदले फिर ना जी में इतने पक्के हो जाते हैं जो बाप भी कहे तो भी नहीं सुनेंगे . jab kōī aisī bāt kartē haĩ tō hā̃ jī kē badlē phir nā jī mē̃ itnē pakkē hō jātē haĩ jō bāp bhī kahē tō bhī nahī̃ sunē̃gē . jab kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō hā̃ jī[x] kē badlē[x] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] nā jī[x] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when some such matter do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then yes instead of (then|turn[root]) no in such firm be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] that father too (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) ∅ not listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
186When something happens, then from saying "Ha ji", you become so firm in "Na ji" that even if Baba were to tell you something, you would not listen to Him.
159जैसे स्थापना में जब छोटे छोटे बच्चे आये तो बापदादा उन्हों को पाठ पक्का कराने के लिये हमेशा कहते रहे कि ना करना माना नास्तिक , हाँ करना माना आस्तिक . jaisē sthāpanā mē̃ jab chhōṭē chhōṭē bachchē āyē tō bāpdādā unhō̃ kō pāṭh pakkā karānē kē|K liyē hamēśhā kahtē rahē ki nā karnā mānā nāstik , hā̃ karnā mānā āstik . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jab chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hamēśhā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] nā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā nāstik[adj.] , hā̃ karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā āstik[adj.] . like establishment in when small small child (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then BapDada that to lesson firm make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that ∅ do[inf.m.sg.d.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) atheist , yes do[inf.m.sg.d.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) theist .
187When the little children came at the beginning of the establishment, to make this lesson firm for them, BapDada always used to say: To say no means to be an atheist and to say yes means to be a theist.
160तो आप सब कौन हो ? tō āp sab kaun hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then you all who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
188So, who are all of you?
161आस्तिक हो . āstik hō . āstik[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . theist (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
189Are you theists?
162नास्तिक तो नहीं हो ना ! nāstik tō nahī̃ hō nā ! nāstik[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! atheist then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
190You are not atheists, are you?
163कभी कभी बन जाते हो . kabhī kabhī ban jātē hō . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . ever ever become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
191Do you sometimes become this?
164खेल करते हैं ! khēl kartē haĩ ! khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! (play|play[root]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
192You play games.
165माया के भी नॉलेजफुल हो गये ! māyā kē|K bhī knowledgeful hō gayē ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] knowledgeful hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! Maya (of|K) too knowledgeful be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! 166क्योंकि माया भी नॉलेजफुल है . kyōṅki māyā bhī knowledgeful hai . kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] knowledgeful hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Maya too knowledgeful be[pres.sg.23] .
193You have become knowledgefull of Maya, because Maya is also knowledgefull.
167गिराने में माया नॉलेजफुल है और उड़ने में आप नॉलेजफुल हो . girānē mē̃ māyā knowledgeful hai aur uṛnē mē̃ āp knowledgeful hō . girānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] knowledgeful hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] knowledgeful hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in Maya knowledgeful be[pres.sg.23] and fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] in you knowledgeful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
194Maya is knowledgefull in making you fall and you are knowledgefull in flying.
168तो माया भी देखती है कि इसकी उड़ान थोड़ी नीचे ऊपर हो गई है तो देख करके वार करती है . tō māyā bhī dēkhtī hai ki iskī uṛān thōṛī nīchē ūpar hō gaī hai tō dēkh karkē war|vār kartī hai . tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.kī] uṛān[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] war|vār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then Maya too see[pres.sg.f.23] that this[.kī] flight short down over be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then see[root] do[abs.] (war|x) do[pres.sg.f.23] . 169और आप नॉलेजफुल होने के कारण जान जाते हो , तो हार नहीं खाते हो लेकिन विजय का हार गले में पड़ा . aur āp knowledgeful hōnē kē|K kāraṇ jān jātē hō , tō hār nahī̃ khātē hō lēkin vijay kā hār galē mē̃ paṛā . aur āp[pn.pl.] knowledgeful hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , tō hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and you knowledgeful be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because know[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , then (x[root]|x) not eat[pres.pl.m.2] but victory of (x[root]|x) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) in fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
195So, Maya also sees when your flight is fluctuating a little, and when she sees this, she attacks you. 196However, because you are knowledgefull, you know in advance and so are not defeated; you are garlanded with the garland of victory. 197Is there a garland of victory around everyone's neck?
170सबके गले में विजय की माला है या कभी कभी उतार देते हो ? sabkē galē mē̃ vijay kī|key mālā hai yā kabhī kabhī utār dētē hō ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] utārnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ? everyone's (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) in victory (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland be[pres.sg.23] or ever ever x[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ? 171अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
198Do you have it or do you sometimes take it off? 199Achcha. 200Are those sitting at the back enjoying themselves?
172पीछे वाले मौज में हो ? pīchhē vālē mauj mē̃ hō ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x those who pleasure in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
201Those sitting at the back have chairs.
173यह भी मधुबन की ही एरिया हुई ना , तो सिवाए मधुबन के और कहाँ इतना बड़ा मेला हो सकता है ? yah bhī madhuban kī|key hī area huī nā , tō sivāē madhuban kē|K aur kahā̃ itnā baṛā mēlā hō saktā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hī[p.] area hōnā[past-part.f.] nā , tō sivāē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur kahā̃ itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? this too Madhuban (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) only x be[past-part.f.] ∅ , then except Madhuban (of|K) and where such very fair be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? 174नहीं हो सकता ना . nahī̃ hō saktā nā . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nā . not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
202The ones at the back are also visible. 203This is also Madhuban's area, is it not? 204And so, can such a huge mela take place anywhere else except in Madhuban?
175तो मधुबन है बेहद का घर . tō madhuban hai bēhad kā ghar . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bēhad kā[x] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] unlimited home .
205It cannot, can it? 206So, what is Madhuban.
176यहाँ सब बेहद है और और जगह फिर भी सब देखना पड़ता है और यहाँ संकल्प किया और हो गया . yahā̃ sab bēhad hai aur aur jagah phir bhī sab dēkhnā paṛtā hai aur yahā̃ saṅkalp kiyā aur hō gayā . yahā̃ sab[adj.] bēhad[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur aur jagah[n.f.;sg.] phir bhī[x] sab[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] aur yahā̃ saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . here all unlimited be[pres.sg.23] and and x nevertheless all see[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] and here thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
207It is the unlimited home. 208Here, everything is unlimited, and everywhere else, everything has to be considered.
177तो सभी अपने भाग्य द्वारा परमात्म मेले में पहुँच गये . tō sabhī apnē bhāgya dvārā paramātma mēlē mē̃ pahũch gayē . tō sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . then all one’s own x through Supreme Soul fair in reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
209Here, when you have a thought, it happens practically. 210It happened, did it not?
178जो पहले बारी इस कल्प में आये हैं वो हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlē bārī is kalp mē̃ āyē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (x|firstly) x this cycle in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
211So each of you has arrived at the Godly mela through your own fortune.
179 ( करीब 13-14 हजार भाई बहिनों की सभा है , उसमें बहुत से नये भाई बहिनें हैं ) अच्छा है , टी . वी . में देख रहे हो . ( karīb 13-14 hajār bhāī bahinō̃ kī|key sabhā hai , usmē̃ bahut sē nayē bhāī bahinē̃ haĩ ) achchhā hai , T . we|V . mē̃ dēkh rahē hō . ( karīb 13-14 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bahut sē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . ( nearly 13-14 1000 (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) court be[pres.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] very from new (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x . (x) . in see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
212All those who have come here for the first time this kalpa, raise your hands. 213It is good. 214You are seeing all this on the T.V.
180ये भी देखो मैजारिटी साइन्स के साधन अभी अभी निकले हैं . yē bhī dēkhō majority science kē|K sādhan abhī abhī nikalē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] majority science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] majority science (of|K) facilities now now be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
215Look, the majority of the facilities of science have been invented recently.
181कुछ वर्ष पहले ये साइन्स के साधन भी नहीं थे . kuchh varṣh pahlē yē science kē|K sādhan bhī nahī̃ thē . kuchh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.pl.d.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.pl] . anything year (x|firstly) this science (of|K) facilities too not be[past.pl] .
216A few years ago, these facilities of science did not exist.
182लेकिन किसके लिये निकले हैं ? lēkin kiskē liyē nikalē haĩ ? lēkin kaun[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? but who[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
217For whom have they been invented?
183आपके लिये . āpkē liyē . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . you[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
218For you.
184बापदादा भी साइन्स वाले बच्चों को मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā bhī science vālē bachchō̃ kō mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] science vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada too science those who child to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 185क्योंकि बाप के बच्चे उससे सुख तो ले रहे हैं ना . kyōṅki bāp kē|K bachchē ussē sukh tō lē rahē haĩ nā . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . because father (of|K) child that[.sē] happiness then take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
219BapDada is congratulating the scientists, because Baba's children are experiencing happiness from that, and it seems so good.
186तो कितना अच्छा लग रहा है . tō kitnā achchhā lag rahā hai . tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then so enjoy .
220However, what does BapDada wish now?
187लेकिन बापदादा अब क्या चाहते हैं ? lēkin bāpdādā ab kyā chāhtē haĩ ? lēkin bāpdādā ab[adv.] kyā chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? but BapDada now what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
221How many years is it since the establishment?
188स्थापना हुए कितने वर्ष हो गये ? sthāpanā huē kitnē varṣh hō gayē ? sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? establishment be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] so year be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? 189डायमण्ड जुबली मनाने की तैयारी कर रहे हो . diamond jubilee manānē kī|key taiyārī kar rahē hō . diamond jubilee[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
222You are now making preparations for celebrating the diamond jubilee.
190तो बापदादा ने अभी सभी बच्चों को राजा बच्चे कहा ना , सब राजा हैं . tō bāpdādā nē abhī sabhī bachchō̃ kō rājā bachchē kahā nā , sab rājā haĩ . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , sab[adj.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada ∅ now all child to king child say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , all king be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
223BapDada has called all of you children the crown princes. 224All of you are kings.
191राजा तख्त नशीन होता है ना ? rājā takht naśhīn hōtā hai nā ? rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? king throne seated be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
225So, where do you sit every day? 226On the throne.
192राज्य की निशानी ताज , तख्त और तिलक होता है . rājya kī niśhānī tāj , takht aur tilak hōtā hai . rājya karnā[past-part.f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x sign crown , throne and tilak be[pres.sg.m.23] .
227A king is seated on a throne, is he not? 228So, all of you are crown princes.
193तो बापदादा इस वर्ष में चाहे नय्ो हो , चाहे पुराने-अगर नये भी हो तो समाप्ति का समय तो नयों के लिये भी समीप है तो पुरानों के लिये भी समीप है . tō bāpdādā is varṣh mē̃ chāhē nayō hō , chāhē purānē-agar nayē bhī hō tō samāpti kā samay tō nayō̃ kē|K liyē bhī samīp hai tō purānō̃ kē|K liyē bhī samīp hai . tō bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada this year in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x new too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then completion of time then new (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too close be[pres.sg.23] then old (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too close be[pres.sg.23] .
229So, the signs of a kingdom are a crown, a throne and a tilak. 230So this year, whether you are new or old, the time for completion is close for the new ones as well as the old.
194ऐसे नहीं समझना कि हमारे को भी 60 वर्ष शायद मिलने हैं . aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ki hamārē kō bhī 60 varṣh śhāyad milnē haĩ . aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] 60 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhāyad milnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that we[.kē] to too 60 year perhaps receive[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
231Do not think that perhaps you will also get sixty years.
195नहीं , आपको मेकप करना है . nahī̃ , āpkō make up karnā hai . nahī̃[neg] , āp[pn.pl.kō] make up karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . not , you[.kō] make up do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
232No, you have to make up that time.
196अगर लास्ट आये हो तो फास्ट जाना है . agar last āyē hō tō fast jānā hai . agar last ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō fast jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . if last come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then fast (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
233If you have come last, you have to go fast.
197लेकिन सम्पन्न होने का , समाप्ति का समय सबका एक ही है इसलिये चाहे नये हो या पुराने हो लेकिन मैं स्वराज्य अधिकारी आत्मा हूँ-सदा स्मृति का तिलक लगा हुआ ही है . lēkin sampann hōnē kā , samāpti kā samay sabkā ēk hī hai isliyē chāhē nayē hō yā purānē hō lēkin maĩ svarājya adhikārī ātmā hū̃-sadā smr̥iti kā tilak lagā huā hī hai . lēkin sampann[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but full be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , completion of time everyone's one only be[pres.sg.23] therefore (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) new (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or old (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but I self-sovereign soul x awareness of tilak (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
234However, whether you are new or old, the time for completion and becoming perfect is the same for all. 235I am a selfsovereign soul; the tilak of this awareness is constantly applied. 236It is not that it is sometimes erased and sometimes applied.
198कभी मिट जाये , कभी लगा हुआ हो … . kabhī miṭ jāyē , kabhī lagā huā hō … . kabhī[adv.] miṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[x] … . ever be rubbed off[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , ever (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[x] … .
237No. 238To be a ruler means to have a tilak.
199नहीं , राज्य अधिकारी अर्थात् तिलकधारी-इस स्मृति का तिलक अविनाशी रहे , साधारण नहीं . nahī̃ , rājya adhikārī arthāt tilakadhārī-is smr̥iti kā tilak avināśhī rahē , sādhāraṇ nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] , rājya adhikārī[x] arthāt x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] avināśhī[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . not , master that is x awareness of tilak imperishable (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , ordinary not .
239The tilak of this awareness should remain eternally. 240It should not be ordinary.
200मैं तिलकधारी हूँ , मैं विश्व कल्याण के जिम्मेवारी का ताजधारी हूँ . maĩ tilakdhārī hū̃ , maĩ viśhva kalyāṇ kē|K jimmēvārī kā tājdhārī hū̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tilakdhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tājdhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . I x be[pres.sg.1] , I world benefit (of|K) responsibility of crowned be[pres.sg.1] .
241I am one who has a tilak; I am wearing the crown of responsibility of being a world benefactor.
201कितना बड़ा विश्व है और आप सभी विश्व कल्याणकारी हो . kitnā baṛā viśhva hai aur āp sabhī viśhva kalyāṇkārī hō . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . so very world be[pres.sg.23] and you all world beneficial (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
242The world is so huge and all of you are world benefactors.
202अकेला बाप नहीं है . akēlā bāp nahī̃ hai . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . alone father not be[pres.sg.23] . 203बाप के साथी आप सभी हो . bāp kē|K sāthī āp sabhī hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father (of|K) companion you all (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
243The Father alone is not this; together with the Father, all of you are this.
204तो विश्व कल्याण की जिम्मेवारी के ताजधारी और सदा बाप के दिलतख्तनशीन . tō viśhva kalyāṇ kī|key jimmēvārī kē|K tājdhārī aur sadā bāp kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn . tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tājdhārī[adj.] aur sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] . then world benefit (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) responsibility (of|K) crowned and constantly father (of|K) seated on the heart throne . 205नीचे नहीं आना . nīchē nahī̃ ānā . nīchē nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . down not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
244So, you are the ones who have the crown of responsibility of world benefit and are constantly seated on Baba's heartthrone.
206सदा तख्तनशीन . sadā takhtnaśhīn . sadā takhtnaśhīn[adj.] . constantly seated on the throne . 207वैसे भी देखो जो बहुत प्यारे होते हैं , लाडले बच्चे होते हैं तो माँ बाप उनको मिट्टी में जाने नहीं देते , धरनी पर पांव रखने नहीं देते . vaisē bhī dēkhō jō bahut pyārē hōtē haĩ , lāḍlē bachchē hōtē haĩ tō mā̃ bāp unkō miṭṭī mē̃ jānē nahī̃ dētē , dharnī par pāṅw rakhnē nahī̃ dētē . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō mā̃[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.kō] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that very loving be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x child be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then mother father that[.kō] mud in (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) (at|other) foot keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
245Do not ever come down, constantly be seated on the throne. 246Generally also, parents do no tallow their beloved, most loved children to go into the dirt. 247They do not allow them to step on the ground.
208तो आप कितने लाडले हो ! tō āp kitnē lāḍlē hō ! tō āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ! then you so x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !
248So, you are all so beloved.
209लाडले हो या और आने वाले हैं ? lāḍlē hō yā aur ānē vālē haĩ ? lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā aur ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or and (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
249Or, are there others to come?
210आप हो . āp hō . āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
250No, you are this.
211तो तख्त को छोड़ करके साधारण स्वरूप , साधारण संकल्प … इस मिट्टी में या धरनी में पांव नहीं रखो . tō takht kō chhōṛ karkē sādhāraṇ svarūp , sādhāraṇ saṅkalp … is miṭṭī mē̃ yā dharnī mē̃ pāṅw nahī̃ rakhō . tō takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] karnā[abs.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] … yah[pn.sg.o.] miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] yā dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then throne to renounce[root] do[abs.] ordinary form , ordinary thought … this mud in or (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) in foot not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
251So, do not get off the throne and put your feet on the ground of having an ordinary form and ordinary thoughts.
212बुद्धि रूपी पांव सदा तख्तनशीन हो . buddhi rūpī pāṅw sadā takhtnaśhīn hō . buddhi[n.f.;sg.] rūpī[adj.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . intellect in the form of foot constantly seated on the throne (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
252The foot of the intellect should always be seated on the throne.
213परमात्म बाप के बच्चे हो . paramātma bāp kē|K bachchē hō . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Supreme Soul father (of|K) child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
253You are the children of the Supreme Father.
214महात्मा , धर्मात्मा के नहीं हो , परम आत्मा के हो . mahātmā , dharmātmā kē|K nahī̃ hō , param ātmā kē|K hō . mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] , dharm-ātmā[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . great soul , x (of|K) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , Supreme soul (of|K) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
254You are not the children of any mahatma or any dharmatma, but of the Parmatma.
215अभी तो सब नशे में ठीक हो , वो तो दिखाई दे रहा है लेकिन सदा रहेगा ना ? abhī tō sab naśhē mē̃ ṭhīk hō , vō tō dikhāī dē rahā hai lēkin sadā rahēgā nā ? ab[adv.hī] tō sab[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.;d.] tō dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin sadā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ? now then all intoxication in OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that then be visible but constantly remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ ?
255All of you are in very good intoxication at the moment; it is visible, but this will remain eternally, will it not?
216कि थोड़ा थोड़ा रहेगा फिर युद्ध करेंगे , फिर विजय प्राप्त करेंगे-ऐसे तो नहीं ? ki thōṛā thōṛā rahēgā phir yuddha karē̃gē , phir vijay prāpt karēṅgē-aisē tō nahī̃ ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] x tō nahī̃[neg] ? that short short remain[fut.m.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) battle do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) victory reached x then not ?
256Or, will it remain for a little while and then you will battle and attain victory? 257It is not like that, is it?
217ब्राह्मण हो या क्षत्रिय हो ? brāhmaṇ hō yā kṣhatriya hō ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? Brahmin (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
258Are you Brahmins or warriors? 259What are you?
218ब्राह्मण हो . brāhmaṇ hō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Brahmin (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
260You are Brahmins.
219क्षत्रिय नहीं हो , युद्ध नहीं करते हो ? kṣhatriya nahī̃ hō , yuddha nahī̃ kartē hō ? kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , battle not do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
261You are not warriors. 262Do you battle?
220कि कभी ब्राह्मण बन जाते हो , कभी क्षत्रिय बन जाते हो ? ki kabhī brāhmaṇ ban jātē hō , kabhī kṣhatriya ban jātē hō ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? that ever Brahmin become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , ever x become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
263Or, do you sometimes become a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior?
221अगर माया से युद्ध करनी पड़ती है तो क्षत्रिय हुए . agar māyā sē yuddha karnī paṛtī hai tō kṣhatriya huē . agar māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] tō kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . if Maya from battle do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] then x be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . 222ब्राह्मण माना विजयी और क्षत्रिय माना युद्ध करने वाले . brāhmaṇ mānā vijayī aur kṣhatriya mānā yuddha karnē vālē . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā vijayī[adj.] aur kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Brahmin (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) victorious and x (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) battle do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
264If you have to battle with Maya, then understand: To be a Brahmin means to be victorious and to be a warrior means to battle.
223बापदादा को तो कभी कभी बच्चों पर बहुत रहम आता है , बैठते योग में हैं और करते युद्ध हैं ! bāpdādā kō tō kabhī kabhī bachchō̃ par bahut rahm ātā hai , baiṭhtē yōg mē̃ haĩ aur kartē yuddha haĩ ! bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bahut rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! BapDada to then ever ever child (at|other) very mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] , sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yoga in be[pres.pl.12hon3] and do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] battle be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
265BapDada sometimes has a lot of mercy for the children. 266They sit down for yoga and are battling at that time.
224कहेंगे एक घण्टे योग लगाया लेकिन एक घण्टे में युद्ध कितना समय चली और योग कितना समय रहा ? kahē̃gē ēk ghaṇṭē yōg lagāyā lēkin ēk ghaṇṭē mē̃ yuddha kitnā samay chalī aur yōg kitnā samay rahā ? kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.f.] aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] one hour yoga attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] but one hour in battle so time continue[past-part.f.] and yoga so time (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
267They say that they had yoga for one hour, but in that one hour for how long did you battle and for how long did you have yoga?
225अगर किसी भी कारण से अनुभूति नहीं होती है तो अवश्य ही युद्ध की स्टेज है . agar kisī bhī kāraṇ sē anubhūti nahī̃ hōtī hai tō avaśhya hī yuddha kī|key stage hai . agar kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō avaśhya hī[p.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key stage hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if (some|anything) too because from experience not be[pres.sg.f.23] then x only battle (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) stage be[pres.sg.23] .
268If you do not experience anything for any reason, it is definitely the stage of battling.
226बापदादा कहते हैं-योगी बच्चे हैं और बन जाते हैं योद्धे बच्चे ! bāpdādā kahtē haĩ-yōgī bachchē haĩ aur ban jātē haĩ yōddhē bachchē ! bāpdādā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ! BapDada say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x child be[pres.pl.12hon3] and become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] warrior child !
269BapDada says that you are the yogi children and instead you become the warriors.
227कब तक युद्ध करेंगे ? kab tak yuddha karē̃gē ? kab tak yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? when until battle do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
270For how long will you battle?
228अन्त तक युद्ध करेंगे ! ant tak yuddha karē̃gē ! ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! end until battle do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
271Till the end? 272Will you battle till the end?
229छुट्टी दे दें-भले युद्ध करो . chhuṭṭī dē dē̃-bhalē yuddha karō . chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] x yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . permission (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) x battle do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
273Should Baba give you permission to battle?
230छुट्टी चाहिए ? chhuṭṭī chāhiē ? chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? permission (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
274Do you want this permission?
231नहीं चाहिये ? nahī̃ chāhiyē ? nahī̃[neg] chāhiē ? not should ?
275Do you?
232फिर करते क्यों हो ? phir kartē kyō̃ hō ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? (then|turn[root]) do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
276Then why are you battling?
233कमज़ोर हो जाते हो तो माया इतना अधीन बना देती है जो चाहते नहीं हो लेकिन कर लेते हो . kamzōr hō jātē hō tō māyā itnā adhīn banā dētī hai jō chāhtē nahī̃ hō lēkin kar lētē hō . kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhīn[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . weak be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] then Maya such dependent (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) that x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .
277You become so weak, and so Maya makes you so dependent that you battle even when you do not wish to, just like a weak servant.
234जैसे कोई कोई सर्वेन्ट बहुत भोले होते हैं तो मालिक उसे अधीन बना लेते हैं , सर्वेन्ट जो नहीं कर सकता उसके लिए भी मालिक कहता है करो , नहीं तो नौकरी क्यों करते हो . jaisē kōī kōī servant bahut bhōlē hōtē haĩ tō mālik usē adhīn banā lētē haĩ , servant jō nahī̃ kar saktā uskē liē bhī mālik kahtā hai karō , nahī̃ tō naukrī kyō̃ kartē hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] servant bahut bhōlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] adhīn[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , servant jō[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bhī[p.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nahī̃ tō[x] naukrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyō̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . like some some servant very innocent be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then master that[.kō] dependent create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , servant that not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) too master say[pres.sg.m.23] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , otherwise work why do[pres.pl.m.2] .
278Nowadays, most of them are very brave, but some servants are very innocent. 279Some masters tell the servants to do something which they are not able to do. 280Otherwise, they say: What are you doing here? 281They make them dependent.
235माया भी ऐसे करती है , आप चाहते नहीं हो लेकिन कमज़ोर होने के कारण माया के अधीन बनना पड़ता है . māyā bhī aisē kartī hai , āp chāhtē nahī̃ hō lēkin kamzōr hōnē kē|K kāraṇ māyā kē|K adhīn bannā paṛtā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] , āp[pn.pl.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhīn[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . Maya too such do[pres.sg.f.23] , you x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but weak be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because Maya (of|K) dependent become[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
282So Maya also does the same. 283You do not wish this, but because of being weak, you have to remain dependent on Maya.
236तो उस समय योगी हो या योद्धे हो ? tō us samay yōgī hō yā yōddhē hō ? tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yōgī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then that time yogi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or warrior (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
284At that time, are you yogis or warriors?
237योगी तो नहीं कहेंगे ना ? yōgī tō nahī̃ kahē̃gē nā ? yōgī[x] tō nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? yogi then not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
285You cannot be called yogis.
238तो बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि हर एक बच्चा योगी बच्चा हो , युद्ध वाला नहीं . tō bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki har ēk bachchā yōgī bachchā hō , yuddha vālā nahī̃ . tō bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yōgī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . then BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one child yogi child (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , battle those who not .
286So BapDada wishes that each child becomes a yogi child, not a child who battles. 287BapDada does not like to see the children labouring in battling.
239बापदादा को बच्चों के युद्ध की मेहनत अच्छी नहीं लगती . bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kē|K yuddha kī|key mēhnat achchhī nahī̃ lagtī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.f.] . BapDada to child (of|K) battle (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) effort achcha not x[pres-part.f.] .
288You are the Godly children who constantly stay in enjoyment and pleasure, not those who have to labour in battling.
240परमात्म बच्चे तो सदा मौज में रहने वाले हैं , मजे में रहने वाले हैं , युद्ध की मेहनत वाले नहीं . paramātma bachchē tō sadā mauj mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ , majē mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ , yuddha kī|key mēhnat vālē nahī̃ . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō sadā mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . Supreme Soul child then constantly pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , battle (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) effort those who not .
289So what will you become? 290Yogi children or warrior children? 291You will become yogis, will you not? 292What will those at the back become?
241तो क्या बनेंगे ? tō kyā banē̃gē ? tō kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
293You will become yogis.
242योगी बच्चे या योद्धे बच्चे ? yōgī bachchē yā yōddhē bachchē ? yōgī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yā yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ? yogi child or warrior child ?
294And what will the Shaktis become?
243योगी बनेंगे या थोड़ा थोड़ा युद्ध करना अच्छा है ? yōgī banē̃gē yā thōṛā thōṛā yuddha karnā achchhā hai ? yōgī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? yogi become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or short short battle do[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] ?
295Will you become yogis or do you like battling a little? 296And what about the Pandavs?
244कहने में तो हाँ हाँ करते हो और जब करते हो तो उस समय फोटो निकलता है . kahnē mē̃ tō hā̃ hā̃ kartē hō aur jab kartē hō tō us samay phōṭō nikaltā hai . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō hā̃ hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur jab karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] photo nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then yes yes do[pres.pl.m.2] and when do[pres.pl.m.2] then that time photograph be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
297Are you yogis or do you battle a little also? 298At the moment, you are saying, "Yes, yes". 299And when you say this, a photograph is being taken.
245तो इस वर्ष सभी का चार्ट हो-सदा राज्य अधिकारी . tō is varṣh sabhī kā chart hō-sadā rājya adhikārī . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart x rājya adhikārī[x] . then this year all of chart x master .
300And so this year, everyone's chart should be one of being a ruler.
246अधीनता समाप्त . adhīnatā samāpt . adhīntā[n.f.;sg.] samāpt[adj.] . x finished .
301Your dependence should finish.
24763 जन्म तो अधीन रहे ना , अभी एक जन्म अधिकारी बनने का मिला है , उसमें भी अधीन रहेंगे क्या ? 63 janm tō adhīn rahē nā , abhī ēk janm adhikārī bannē kā milā hai , usmē̃ bhī adhīn rahē̃gē kyā ? 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] tō adhīn[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā , ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] adhīn[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? 63 (life|be born[root]) then dependent (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ∅ , now one (life|be born[root]) (one) who has a right become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.mē̃] too dependent remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
302You remained subservient for sixtythree births. 303Now you have received this one birth to claim all rights, and so will you remain subservient even in this one birth?
248अधीन बनने का एक जन्म और एक्स्ट्रा दे दें , मजा ले लो . adhīn bannē kā ēk janm aur extra dē dē̃ , majā lē lō . adhīn[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur extra dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . dependent become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of one (life|be born[root]) and extra give[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] , pleasure take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
304Should you be given one more birth, so that you experience the pleasure of being subservient?
249नहीं चाहिये ! nahī̃ chāhiyē ! nahī̃[neg] chāhiē ! not should !
305Do you not want this?
250अधिकार तो मिला है सिर्फ अधिकार को सम्भालो . adhikār tō milā hai sirph adhikār kō sambhālō . adhikār[x] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sirph[adj.] adhikār[x] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . right then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] only right to be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
306You have been given all rights; simply look after your rights.
251अलबेले नहीं बनो , कमज़ोर नहीं बनो . albēlē nahī̃ banō , kamzōr nahī̃ banō . albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kamjōr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . careless not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , weak not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
307Do not become careless. 308Do not become weak. 309What do you say?
252कहने में देखो क्या कहते हो कि मैं मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान हूँ . kahnē mē̃ dēkhō kyā kahtē hō ki maĩ master sarvśhaktimān hū̃ . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] what say[pres.pl.m.2] that I master almighty authorities be[pres.sg.1] .
310"I am a master almighty authority". 311Does anyone ever say: I am a master weak one? 312But what do you become?
253कोई कहता है मैं मास्टरकमज़ोर हूँ ? kōī kahtā hai maĩ māsṭarakamazōr hū̃ ? kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? some say[pres.sg.m.23] I x be[pres.sg.1] ?
313Master almighty authority and weak. 314Do you like this?
254लेकिन बनते क्या हो ? lēkin bantē kyā hō ? lēkin bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? but become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
315You do not like this, do you?
255मास्टर सर्वशक्तिमान और कमज़ोर ! master sarvśhaktimān aur kamzōr ! master sarvśhaktimān[adj.] aur kamjōr[adj.] ! master almighty authorities and weak !
316You do not like to even hear of it.
256तो अच्छा लगता है ? tō achchhā lagtā hai ? tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then enjoy ?
317So what will you do?
257सुनना भी अच्छा नहीं लगता ! sunnā bhī achchhā nahī̃ lagtā ! sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! listen[inf.m.sg.d.] too achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
318What will be the result of this year?
258तो इस वर्ष की रिजल्ट में क्या करेंगे ? tō is varṣh kī|key result mē̃ kyā karē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result in what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
319Only then will you be said to have changed from golden to diamond.
259अभी तो डायमण्ड जुबली मनाने की तैयारी कर रहे हो ना ! abhī tō diamond jubilee manānē kī|key taiyārī kar rahē hō nā ! ab[adv.hī] tō diamond jubilee[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! now then x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
320So you are making preparations to celebrate the diamond jubilee, are you not?
260आप भी मनायेंगे या जिनको 60 वर्ष हुआ है वो मनायेंगे ? āp bhī manāyēṅgē yā jinkō 60 varṣh huā hai vō manāyēṅgē ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā jō[pn.pl.kō] 60 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you too celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or that[.kō] 60 year be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
321Will you also celebrate it or will only those who have been here for sixty years celebrate it?
261क्योंकि ये स्थापना की डायमण्ड जुबली है . kyōṅki yē sthāpanā kī|key diamond jubilee hai . kyōṅki yah[pn.pl.d.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key diamond jubilee[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because this establishment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
322This is the diamond jubilee of the establishment.
262तो स्थापना में आप सभी हो या नहीं ? tō sthāpanā mē̃ āp sabhī hō yā nahī̃ ? tō sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā nahī̃[neg] ? then establishment in you all (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or not ?
323So, are all of you part of the establishment or not?
263क्योकि अभी तो मिक्स आये हैं , कोई तो दो चार वर्ष के हैं , कोई दो चार मास के भी हैं , लेकिन डायमण्ड जुबली सभी की है क्योंकि स्थापना की डायमण्ड जुबली है . kyōki abhī tō mix āyē haĩ , kōī tō dō chār varṣh kē|K haĩ , kōī dō chār mās kē|K bhī haĩ , lēkin diamond jubilee sabhī kī hai kyōṅki sthāpanā kī|key diamond jubilee hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] tō mix ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] chār[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] chār[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin diamond jubilee[x] sab[adv.hī] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] kyōṅki sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key diamond jubilee[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because now then x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , some then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) four year (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) four (month|x) (of|K) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but x all do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] because establishment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
324There are some who are only two to four months old. 325At present, mixed ages have come. 326So, those who are two to four years have come, those who are two to four months have come, but it is everyone's diamond jubilee, because it is the diamond jubilee of the establishment.
264तो धूमधाम से मनायेंगे ना ! tō dhūmdhām sē manāyēṅgē nā ! tō dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! then a lot of pomp and joy from celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
327So you will celebrate it with a lot of splendour, will you not?
265मनाने का अर्थ क्या है ? manānē kā arth|earth kyā hai ? manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of (meaning|earth) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
328What does it mean to celebrate?
266कांफ्रेंसकरना , प्रोग्राम करना कि बनना ? kāmphrē̃sakaranā , programme karnā ki bannā ? x , programme karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] ? x , programme do[inf.m.sg.d.] that become[inf.m.sg.d.] ?
329To have a conference, to have a programme, or to become something?
267मनाना अर्थात् बनना और बनाना . manānā arthāt bannā aur banānā . manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is become[inf.m.sg.d.] and create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
330To celebrate means to become and to make others the same also.
268सिर्फ मनाना नहीं , बनना . sirph manānā nahī̃ , bannā . sirph[adj.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] not , become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
331Do not simply celebrate, but become the same also.
269देखो आप सभी इस सीजन के समाप्ति में भोग डालने वाली आत्मायें हो . dēkhō āp sabhī is season kē|K samāpti mē̃ bhōg ḍālnē vālī ātmāyē̃ hō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you all this season (of|K) completion in (x|experience[root]) create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
332Look, all of you are the souls who are offering bhog at the end of the season. 333You have received such a good chance.
270तो कितना अच्छा चांस मिला है . tō kitnā achchhā chance milā hai . tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then so achcha chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 271तो मेला अच्छा लगा ? tō mēlā achchhā lagā ? tō mēlā[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then fair achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
334Achcha, are there souls sitting till the very end of the tent or is there still some space?
272अभी आप सबके उलहने तो पूरे हो गये ना ! abhī āp sabkē ulahanē tō pūrē hō gayē nā ! ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā ! now you everyone's x then full be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ !
335There is a little space. 336So, did you enjoy the mela?
273चांस नहीं मिलता , चांस नहीं मिलता-ये उलहना तो पूरा हुआ ना . chance nahī̃ miltā , chance nahī̃ milatā-yē ulahnā tō pūrā huā nā . chance nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , chance nahī̃[neg] x ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . chance not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , chance not x complaint then full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
337Now, the complaints of all of you have finished, have they not? 338Now the complaint of not being given a chance is finished, is it not?
274देखो , बच्चों के प्यार में जहाँ बच्चे वहाँ आना पड़ा . dēkhō , bachchō̃ kē|K pyār mē̃ jahā̃ bachchē vahā̃ ānā paṛā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vahā̃ ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , child (of|K) love in where there child there come[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] . 275क्योंकि बाप जानते हैं कि आधा कल्प बच्चों ने याद किया-आओ आओ . kyōṅki bāp jāntē haĩ ki ādhā kalp bachchō̃ nē yād kiyā-āō āō . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] x ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . because father know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that half cycle child ∅ remembrance x come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
339Look, because of love for the children, Baba had to come where the children are, because Baba knows that children have been remembering Him for half a kalpa: Come, come.
276बाप तो अपने समय पर आये , आपके चिल्लाने पर नहीं आये लेकिन सुनते तो हैं ना . bāp tō apnē samay par āyē , āpkē chillānē par nahī̃ āyē lēkin suntē tō haĩ nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kē] chillānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . father then one’s own time (at|other) (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , you[.kē] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] (at|other) not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) but listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
340Baba came at His own time. 341He did not come when you cried out for Him, but at least He heard you.
277तो आपने आधाकल्प कहा आओ आओ और बाप ने अभी कहा मेले में आओ आओ . tō āpnē ādhākalp kahā āō āō aur bāp nē abhī kahā mēlē mē̃ āō āō . tō āp[pn.pl.nē] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you[.nē] for half a cycle say[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and father ∅ now say[past-part.m.sg.d.] fair in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
342So, for half a kalpa, you said to Baba: Come, come. 343And Baba has now said to all of you to come to the mela at this time.
278सभी खुश हो ? sabhī khuśh hō ? sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? all happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
344Are all of you happy?
279सब तन्दुरूस्त भी हो या बीमार भी कोई टेन्ट में सोया हुआ है . sab tandurūsta bhī hō yā bīmār bhī kōī tent mē̃ sōyā huā hai . sab[adj.] tandarūst[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā bīmār[adj.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] tent mē̃[postp.] sōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all x too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or those who are ill too some x in sleep[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
345Are all of you in good health, or are there some in the tents who are ill?
280आप तो यहाँ बैठे हुए हैं और आपके साथी ? āp tō yahā̃ baiṭhē huē haĩ aur āpkē sāthī ? āp[pn.pl.] tō yahā̃ baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? you then here (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and you[.kē] companion ?
346You are sitting here, but what about your companions?
281कोई नहीं . kōī nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] . some not .
347There is no one.
282इससे सिद्ध है सब इतने तन्दुरूस्त हैं माना ब्रह्मा भोजन बहुत अच्छा मिला है . issē siddha hai sab itnē tandurūsta haĩ mānā brahmā bhōjan bahut achchhā milā hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] siddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tandarūst[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā brahmā bhōjan[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this[.sē] successful be[pres.sg.23] all such x be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) Brahma bhojan very achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
348This proves that all of you have such good health, which means that you have received very good Brahma bhojan.
283अभी तो फिर भी देखो नीचे सोने का प्रबन्ध मिला है आगे चलकर विनाश के समय हो सकता है बांहों को ही तकिया बनाना पड़े . abhī tō phir bhī dēkhō nīchē sōnē kā prabandh milā hai āgē chalkar vināśh kē|K samay hō saktā hai bā̃hō̃ kō hī takiyā banānā paṛē . ab[adv.hī] tō phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nīchē sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] āgē chalnā[abs.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] bā̃h[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . now then nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] down (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of arrangement receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] previously continue[abs.] destruction (of|K) time be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] arm to only x create[opt.sg.23.oblig2] .
349Now, at least you have the facilities of sleeping on the ground, but at the time of destruction, it is possible that you may have to make your arms your pillows.
284मिट्टी पर आराम से सो जायेंगे , अगर पत्थर कंकड़ लगेंगे तो साफ कर लेंगे , किनारे कर लेंगे . miṭṭī par ārām sē sō jāyēṅgē , agar patthar kaṅkaṛ lagē̃gē tō sāph kar lē̃gē , kinārē kar lē̃gē . miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , agar patthar[adj.] kaṅkaṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sāph karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . mud (at|other) comfort from sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , if stone stone x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x , x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
350You will be able to sleep comfortably on the ground. 351If there are any stones or pebbles, you will clear that space, you will move it aside.
285अभी तो बापदादा ने देखा , बापदादा ने चक्कर लगाया है , बहुत अच्छा प्रबन्ध किया है और उसमें भी गुजरात वालों को पदमगुणा मुबारक . abhī tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā , bāpdādā nē chakkar lagāyā hai , bahut achchhā prabandh kiyā hai aur usmē̃ bhī gujarāt vālō̃ kō padamguṇā mubārak . ab[adv.hī] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] gujarāt vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . now then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , BapDada ∅ cycle attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , very achcha arrangement do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and that[.mē̃] too Gujarat those who to multimillion-fold congratulations .
352At present, BapDada went around and saw that very good arrangements have been made. 353And for that, multimillion times congratulations to those from Gujarat.
286बहुत अच्छा किया है . bahut achchhā kiyā hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
354You have done this very well.
287दिल से मेहनत की है . dil sē mēhnat kī hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . heart from effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
355You have worked hard from your heart.
288तो जिन्होंने दिल से मेहनत की है उनको बापदादा मेहनत की पदम गुणा मोहब्बत दे रहे हैं . tō jinhōnnē dil sē mēhnat kī hai unkō bāpdādā mēhnat kī|key padam guṇā mōhabbat dē rahē haĩ . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then that[.nē] heart from effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kō] BapDada effort (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) multimillion fold love give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
356So BapDada is giving multimillionfold love to all those who have worked hard.
289हाथ उठाओ जिन्होंने सेवा में निमित्त बनकर सेवा की है ? hāth uṭhāō jinhōnnē sēvā mē̃ nimitt bankar sēvā kī hai ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? raise your hands that[.nē] service in instrument become[abs.] service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
357All those who have served as instruments, raise your hands!
290गुजरात वालों ने की है ना ! gujarāt vālō̃ nē kī hai nā ! gujarāt vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ! Gujarat those who ∅ do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ !
358Those from Gujarat have done this, have they not?
291गुजरात वाले हाथ उठाओ . gujarāt vālē hāth uṭhāō . gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Gujarat those who raise your hands .
359Those from Gujarat, raise your hands.
292बहुत अच्छी की है . bahut achchhī kī hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
360You have done very well.
293देखो पतली पतली रोटी तो मिलती हैं . dēkhō patlī patlī rōṭī tō miltī haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] patlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] patlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] slim slim roti then receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
361Look, at least you get very thin chapatis.
294जली हुई तो नहीं मिलती ? jalī huī tō nahī̃ miltī ? jalnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.f.] ? x[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] then not receive[pres-part.f.] ?
362You are not getting burnt chapatis.
295बापदादा ने रिजल्ट सुनी है कि ब्रह्मा भोजन बहुत अच्छा बनता है . bāpdādā nē result sunī hai ki brahmā bhōjan bahut achchhā bantā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] result sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] brahmā bhōjan[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ result listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that Brahma bhojan very achcha become[pres.sg.m.23] . 296अभ्यास तो हो गया ना पट में सोने का ! abhyās tō hō gayā nā paṭ mē̃ sōnē kā ! abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! practice then be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ x in (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of !
363BapDada has heard the result that very good Brahma bhojan is prepared. 364It is good; at least you have developed the practice of sleeping on the floor.
297अच्छा है , गर्मी की सीजन में अगर टेन्ट भी उड़ गया तो हवा के लिए छत खाली हो गई ना . achchhā hai , garmī kī|key season mē̃ agar tent bhī uṛ gayā tō havā kē liē chhat khālī hō gaī nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key season mē̃[postp.] agar tent bhī[p.] uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō havā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] chhat[n.f.;sg.] khālī[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , heat (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) season in if x too fly[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then x for roof empty be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ .
365If, in the hot season, the tents fly away or the roof of the tent flies away, it is to provide some air for you.
298नेचरल खिड़कियाँ बन गई . natural khiṛkiyā̃ ban gaī . natural khiṛkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . natural window become[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
366It becomes a natural window for you.
299लेकिन दूसरे ग्रुप को ऐसा नहीं मिलेगा , उनके लिये प्रबन्ध अच्छा करेंगे . lēkin dūsrē group kō aisā nahī̃ milēgā , unkē liyē prabandh achchhā karē̃gē . lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but other group to such not receive[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] arrangement achcha do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
367However, the next group will not get this. 368For them, better facilities will be made.
300और मधुबन वालों ने , जिन्होंने बहुत अच्छा सहयोग दिया वो हाथ उठाओ . aur madhuban vālō̃ nē , jinhōnnē bahut achchhā sahyōg diyā vō hāth uṭhāō . aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , jō[pn.pl.nē] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and Madhuban those who ∅ , that[.nē] very achcha cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that raise your hands .
369And all those from Madhuban who have given a lot of cooperation, raise your hands!
301मेहनत अच्छी की . mēhnat achchhī kī|key . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . effort achcha (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) .
370They must be sitting at the back.
302 ( दादी ने की ) दादी तो निमित्त है ना . ( dādī nē kī|key ) dādī tō nimitt hai nā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ) dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ( Dadi ∅ (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) ) Dadi then instrument be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
371They did a lot of hard work. 372(Dadi made a lot of effort.)
303दादी को सारे दिन में कितनी मालायें पड़ती हैं ! dādī kō sārē din mē̃ kitnī mālāyē̃ paṛtī haĩ ! dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] paṛnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ! Dadi to the whole day in so garland fall[pres.pl.f.12hon3] !
373Dadi is instrumental. 374How many garlands does Dadi receive each day?
304दुआओं की मालायें एक के पीछे एक पड़ती हैं जो उतारनी भी नहीं पड़ती . duāō̃ kī|key mālāyē̃ ēk kē pīchhē ēk paṛtī haĩ jō utārnī bhī nahī̃ paṛtī . duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ēk[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] ēk[adj.] paṛnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] utārnā[inf.f.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland one x one fall[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that x[inf.f.] too not fall[pres-part.f.] .
375The garlands of blessings are being put on, one after another, and they do not have to be taken off either.
305फूलों की 10 माला अगर गले में पड़ गई तो गला ही थक जायेगा और ये दुआओं की माला कितनी हल्की और कितनी प्यारी है ! phūlō̃ kī|key 10 mālā agar galē mē̃ paṛ gaī tō galā hī thak jāyēgā aur yē duāō̃ kī|key mālā kitnī halkī aur kitnī pyārī hai ! phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key 10 mālā[n.f.;sg.] agar galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] tō galānā[root]|galā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|galnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] thaknā, phathaknā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur yah[pn.pl.d.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! flower (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) 10 garland if (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) in fall[past-part.f..root+jānā] then (x[root]|throat|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) only become desperate[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and this blessing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland so light and so loving be[pres.sg.23] !
376If there were ten garlands of flowers around the neck, the neck would become tired, and these garlands of blessings are so light and so lovely.
306जो सेवा करते हैं , वैसे तो सभी ने सहयोग दिया है , बिना सहयोग के कोई कार्य नहीं होता . jō sēvā kartē haĩ , vaisē tō sabhī nē sahyōg diyā hai , binā sahyōg kē|K kōī kārya nahī̃ hōtā . jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , binā sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī[pn.;d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x then all ∅ cooperation give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , without cooperation (of|K) some task not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 307सबको हाँ जी करना ही है , करो , ये सहयोग का हाथ बढ़ाया तभी ये कार्य हुआ . sabkō hā̃ jī karnā hī hai , karō , yē sahyōg kā hāth baṛhāyā tabhī yē kārya huā . sabkō hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.d.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tabhī yah[pn.pl.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . everything yes do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this cooperation of hand increase[past-part.m.sg.d.] x this task be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
377You who have done service and, in fact, everyone has cooperated, nothing takes place without cooperation, everyone has to say, "Ha ji" and when you do this, you extend the hand of cooperation, for only then is this task possible.
308अगर दो चार भी सहयोगी ना ना करते तो मेला नहीं हो सकता . agar dō chār bhī sahyōgī nā nā kartē tō mēlā nahī̃ hō saktā . agar dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] chār[adj.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] nā nā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō mēlā[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) four too co-operative ∅ ∅ do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then fair not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 309लेकिन मधुबन वालों ने , चाहे तलहटी वालों ने , चाहे हॉस्पिटल वालों ने वा चारों ओर के देश वालों ने , ज्ञान सरोवर वालों ने भी मदद की है . lēkin madhuban vālō̃ nē , chāhē talahṭī vālō̃ nē , chāhē hospital vālō̃ nē vā chārō̃ ōr kē|K dēśh vālō̃ nē , gyān sarōvar vālō̃ nē bhī madad kī hai . lēkin madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] hospital vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] vā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] , gyān sarōvar[x] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . but Madhuban those who ∅ , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x those who ∅ , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) hospital those who ∅ or everywhere (of|K) land those who ∅ , Gyan Sarovar those who ∅ too x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
378If even two or four cooperative people had said" No", the mela could not have taken place. 379But those from Madhuban, Talheti, the Hospital, those from all other lands, and from Gyan Sarovar have helped a lot.
310बलिहारी ज्ञान सरोवर की , जो आपको भोजन अच्छा मिला . balihārī gyān sarōvar kī|key , jō āpkō bhōjan achchhā milā . balihār, balihārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] gyān sarōvar[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . surrender Gyan Sarovar (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , that you[.kō] food achcha (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
380The greatness is of Gyan Sarovar that you received good food.
311 ( ज्ञान सरोवर का स्टीम सिस्टम तथा बड़े बर्तन आदि मेले में यूज हो रहे हैं ) क्योंकि आप सबनेज्ञान सरोवर बनाया है ना , तो जो बीज डाला उसका फल खा रहे हैं . ( gyān sarōvar kā steam system tathā baṛē bartan ādi mēlē mē̃ use hō rahē haĩ ) kyōṅki āp sabanējñān sarōvar banāyā hai nā , tō jō bīj ḍālā uskā phal khā rahē haĩ . ( gyān sarōvar[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] steam system tathā baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādi[adj.] mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] use hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] x sarōvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , tō jō[pn.;d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] khānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . ( Gyan Sarovar of steam x and very x etc. fair in use be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) because you x Sarovar create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , then that seed create[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kā] fruit eat[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
381(The steam system and the huge pots of Gyan Sarovar are being used for the mela.) 382All of you have created Gyan Sarovar and so you are eating the fruit of the seed you have sown.
312प्रत्यक्षफल है ना , तो प्रत्यक्षफल मिला है और बना भी प्यार से रहे हैं . pratyakṣhaphal hai nā , tō pratyakṣhaphal milā hai aur banā bhī pyār sē rahē haĩ . pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then x receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) too love from remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
383This is practical, visible fruit. 384You have received visible fruit and you are eating it with a lot of love.
313जरा भी थकावट के चिन्ह चेहरे पर नहीं हैं . jarā bhī thakāvaṭ kē|K chinh chēhrē par nahī̃ haĩ . zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chinh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x too tiredness (of|K) symbol face (at|other) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
385There is not the slightest sign of tiredness on anyone's face.
314कमाल तो ये है ना ! kamāl tō yē hai nā ! kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x then this be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
386This is the wonder!
315काम करे और प्यार से करें . kām karē aur pyār sē karē̃ . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (lust|task) do[opt.sg.23] and love from do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
387To do something and to do it with love.
316घुटके खाकर काम करे तो वो काम , काम नहीं है . ghuṭkē khākar kām karē tō vō kām , kām nahī̃ hai . ghuṭkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khānā[abs.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō vah[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x eat[abs.] (lust|task) do[opt.sg.23] then that (lust|task) , (lust|task) not be[pres.sg.23] .
388To do something whilst choking is not worth anything.
317तो मेले में जब जाते हैं ना तो कोई न कोई चीज़ निशानी जरूर ले जाते हैं . tō mēlē mē̃ jab jātē haĩ nā tō kōī na kōī chīz niśhānī jarūr lē jātē haĩ . tō mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] jab jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō kōī na kōī[x] chīz[n.f.;sg.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] zarūr lē jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then fair in when go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then one .. or another thing sign definitely carry .
389When you go to a mela, you definitely take one or another sign of it with you.
318इस परमात्म मेले से क्या निशानी ले जायेंगे ? is paramātma mēlē sē kyā niśhānī lē jāyēṅgē ? yah[pn.sg.o.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēlā[x] sē[postp.] kyā niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this Supreme Soul fair from what sign carry ?
390What symbol will you take from this Godly mela.
319ताज , तख्त और अविनाशी तिलक की निशानी सभी साथ में ले जाना . tāj , takht aur avināśhī tilak kī|key niśhānī sabhī sāth mē̃ lē jānā . tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur avināśhī[adj.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lē jānā[x] . crown , throne and imperishable tilak (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign all with in carry .
391Take the crown, the throne and the tilak; take them all with you.
320ऐसे नहीं करना कि तीन चीजों में से एक चीज़रह गई दो साथ चली . aisē nahī̃ karnā ki tīn chījō̃ mē̃ sē ēk cīzarah gaī dō sāth chalī . aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] tīn[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] x jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.f.] . it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] that x thing in from one x go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] with continue[past-part.f.] .
392Let it not be that out of the three things, you take two things with you and forget the third.
321यहीं तो नहीं छोड़कर जायेंगे ? yahī̃ tō nahī̃ chhōṛkar jāyēṅgē ? yahī̃ tō nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[abs.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x then not renounce[abs.] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
393You will not leave it behind, will you?
322ले जाना आता है ? lē jānā ātā hai ? lē jānā[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? carry come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
394Do you know how to take it back?
323एनाउन्स करते हैं ना सीजन में , लॉस्ट प्रापर्टीरोजइकट्ठी होती है , तो ऐसे नहीं छोड़कर जाना . announce kartē haĩ nā season mē̃ , lôsṭa prāparṭīrōjaikaṭṭhī hōtī hai , tō aisē nahī̃ chhōṛkar jānā . announce karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā season mē̃[postp.] , x x hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō aisē nahī̃[x] chhōṛnā[abs.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . announce do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ season in , x x be[pres.sg.f.23] , then it isn't that renounce[abs.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
395During the season, "lost property" is announced every day, and so make sure you do not leave anything behind. 396I am a Brahmin soul.
324मैं ब्राह्मण आत्मा हूँ , मै सर्वश्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान आत्मा हूँ-इस निश्चय और नशे में सदा ही रहना . maĩ brāhmaṇ ātmā hū̃ , mai sarvaśhrēṣhṭha bhāgyavān ātmā hū̃-is niśhchay aur naśhē mē̃ sadā hī rahnā . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] x niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sadā hī[p.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . I Brahmin soul be[pres.sg.1] , I x fortunate soul x faith and intoxication in constantly only remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
397I am a most elevated fortunate soul. 398Constantly have this faith and intoxication: not just in your intellect, but in your practical activity and on your face.
325यह सिर्फ बुद्धि में नहीं हो लेकिन चलन और चेहरे में दिखाई दे , जो भी आपके सम्पर्क में आये वो अनुभव करे कि ये साधारण नहीं हैं लेकिन न्यारे हैं . yah sirph buddhi mē̃ nahī̃ hō lēkin chalan aur chēhrē mē̃ dikhāī dē , jō bhī āpkē samparka mē̃ āyē vō anubhav karē ki yē sādhāraṇ nahī̃ haĩ lēkin nyārē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this only intellect in not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but behaviour and face in be visible , that too you[.kē] x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that experience do[opt.sg.23] that this ordinary not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but unique be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
399All those who come into contact with you should experience that you are not ordinary, but unique. 400And this uniqueness is most lovely. 401There should be spiritual uniqueness.
326और अलौकिक न्यारापन ही तो प्यारा लगता है ना ! aur alaukik nyārāpan hī tō pyārā lagtā hai nā ! aur alaukik[adj.] nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] tō pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! and alokik separation only then loving x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
402Do you know how to become unique? 403People from all sides of Bharat have come.
327तो न्यारा बनना आता है ? tō nyārā bannā ātā hai ? tō nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then unique become[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ? 328भारत के चारों तरफ से पहुँचे हैं . bhārat kē|K chārō̃ taraph sē pahũchē haĩ . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chārō̃ taraph[x] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Bharat (of|K) everywhere from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
404Have people come from everywhere or is there any place left out?
329सब तरफ से आये हैं या कोई रह गया है ? sab taraph sē āyē haĩ yā kōī rah gayā hai ? sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yā kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? all direction from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or some remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
405Souls have come from everywhere. 406All zones are here.
330सभी जोन आ गये हैं . sabhī zone ā gayē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] zone ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . all zone come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 331तो जैसे आने में एवररेडी होकर पहुँच गये , ऐसे ही अगर बापदादा ऑर्डर करे कि अभी एक सेकण्ड में वापस घर जाने की तैयारी करो तो कर सकते हो ? tō jaisē ānē mē̃ ever ready hōkar pahũch gayē , aisē hī agar bāpdādā order karē ki abhī ēk second mē̃ vāpas ghar jānē kī|key taiyārī karō tō kar saktē hō ? tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ever ready hōnā[abs.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] agar bāpdādā order karnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] vāpis, vāpas ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? then like (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) in ever-ready be[abs.] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , such only if BapDada order do[opt.sg.23] that now one second in back home (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
407Just as you are everready in coming here, you became everready and arrived here, in the same way, if BapDada were to order you to make preparations to return home in one second, would you be able to do it?
332कि याद आयेगा टेलीफोन कर दें कि हम जा रहे हैं , प्रवृत्ति वाले याद करेंगे ? ki yād āyēgā telephone kar dē̃ ki ham jā rahē haĩ , pravr̥itti vālē yād karē̃gē ? ki[conj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] telephone karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? that remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23] x do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] that we go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , famille those who remember ?
408Or, would you remember that you have to telephone someone to say that you are now going? 409Will your family remember you?
333ऐसी प्रैक्टिस करो-एक सेकण्ड में आत्मा शरीर से परे होने के लिये एवररेडी बन जाये . aisī practice karō-ēk second mē̃ ātmā śharīr sē parē hōnē kē|K liyē ever ready ban jāyē . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] practice x second mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ever ready bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . such practice x second in soul body from other be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ever-ready become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
410Have such a practice that the soul becomes everready to become separated from the body in one second.
334क्योंकि सबका वायदा है-साथ चलेंगे . kyōṅki sabkā vāydā hai-sāth chalē̃gē . kyōṅki sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because everyone's promise x continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 335वायदा है , कि नहीं ? vāydā hai , ki nahī̃ ? vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? promise be[pres.sg.23] , that not ?
411You have all made the promise that you will all return together.
336बाप चला जाये और हम देखते रहें ! bāp chalā jāyē aur ham dēkhtē rahē̃ ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] aur ham[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ! father (x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) and we see[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] !
412Is this the promise that you made or not?
337नहीं , साथ रहेंगे , साथ चलेंगे . nahī̃ , sāth rahē̃gē , sāth chalē̃gē . nahī̃[neg] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . not , with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
413Or that Baba returns home and you are left to watch?
338तो चलने के लिये तैयारी भी चाहिये ना ! tō chalnē kē|K liyē taiyārī bhī chāhiyē nā ! tō chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] chāhiē nā ! then continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x too should ∅ !
414No, you will stay together and return together.
339कोई गोल्डन , सिल्वर , कॉपर की सूक्ष्म रस्सियाँ तो नहीं हैं , जो आप उड़ने की कोशिश करो और रस्सी आपको नीचे ले आये ? kōī golden , silver , copper kī|key sūkṣhma rassiyā̃ tō nahī̃ haĩ , jō āp uṛnē kī|key kōśhiśh karō aur rassī āpkō nīchē lē āyē ? kōī[pn.;d.] golden , silver , copper kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sūkṣhma[adj.] x tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] nīchē lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] ? some golden , silver , copper (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) subtle x then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that you fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and rope you[.kō] down take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] ?
415You also need to make preparations to return. 416You do not have any golden, silver or copper strings, do you? 417You may try to fly but the string would bring you down.
340तो चेक करो और अभ्यास करो कि सेकण्ड में अशरीरी बन सकते हैं ? tō check karō aur abhyās karō ki second mē̃ aśharīrī ban saktē haĩ ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] second mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that second in bodiless become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
418So check, and have this practice: Am I able to become bodiless in one second?
341अशरीरी का अर्थ है कि शरीर की कोई भी आकर्षण आत्मा को अपने तरफ आकर्षित नहीं करे . aśharīrī kā arth|earth hai ki śharīr kī|key kōī bhī ākarṣhaṇ ātmā kō apnē taraph ākarṣhit nahī̃ karē . aśharīrī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kōī bhī[x] ākarṣhaṇ[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] . bodiless of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that body (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) anyone attraction soul to one’s own direction attracted not do[opt.sg.23] .
419To be bodiless means that no physical attraction should attract the soul towards itself.
342चाहे जिन्दा भी हैं , लेकिन जैसे जीते जी मरजीवा . chāhē jindā bhī haĩ , lēkin jaisē jītē jī marjīvā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jindā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jītē jī[x] marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but like x dying alive .
420Even if you are alive, it is as though you have died alive.
343वैसे आप सबका अपना शरीर तो है ही नहीं . vaisē āp sabkā apnā śharīr tō hai hī nahī̃ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . x you everyone's (one’s own|adopt[root]) body then be[pres.sg.23] only not .
421In fact, all of you do not have a body of your own. 422Would you say: "This is my body."?
344मेरा शरीर कहेंगे या बाप की अमानत है ? mērā śharīr kahē̃gē yā bāp kī|key amānat hai ? maĩ[pn.sg.kā] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key amānat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? I[.kā] body say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x be[pres.sg.23] ?
423Or, is it something entrusted to you by the Father?
345जब है ही बाप की अमानत तो अशरीरी बनना क्या मुश्किल है ? jab hai hī bāp kī|key amānat tō aśharīrī bannā kyā muśhkil hai ? jab hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key amānat[n.f.;sg.] tō aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? when be[pres.sg.23] only father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x then bodiless become[inf.m.sg.d.] what difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
424Since it is Baba's valuable property, why is it difficult to become bodiless?
346मुश्किल है या सहज है ? muśhkil hai yā sahaj hai ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
425Is it difficult or is it easy?
347 ( सहज है ) कहने में तो सहज है . ( sahaj hai ) kahnē mē̃ tō sahaj hai . ( sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( easy be[pres.sg.23] ) say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then easy be[pres.sg.23] .
426It is easy. 427It is easy to say it.
348युद्ध नहीं करनी पड़े कि नहीं , मैं आत्मा हूँ , मैं आत्मा हूँ … . yuddha nahī̃ karnī paṛē ki nahī̃ , maĩ ātmā hū̃ , maĩ ātmā hū̃ … . yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] , maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] … . battle not do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] that not , I am a soul , I am a soul … .
428You should not have to battle: I am a soul, I am a soul. 429Where would you reach if one second is finished in battling?
349युद्ध में ही एक सेकण्ड पूरा हो जायेगा तो कहाँ पहुँचेंगे ! yuddha mē̃ hī ēk second pūrā hō jāyēgā tō kahā̃ pahũchēṅgē ! yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] second pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] tō kahā̃ pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! battle in only one second full be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] then where reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! 350बाप ने कहा और किया . bāp nē kahā aur kiyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] and do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
430You should do it the moment Baba tells you. 431If you think about it even a little: "It should not be like this, but like this.
351अगर जरा भी सोचा-ऐसा नहीं वैसा , अभी तो थोड़ा टाइम चाहिये , इतना अभ्यास तो हुआ नहीं है , हो जायेगा … सोचा और गया . agar jarā bhī sōcā-aisā nahī̃ vaisā , abhī tō thōṛā time chāhiyē , itnā abhyās tō huā nahī̃ hai , hō jāyēgā … sōchā aur gayā . agar zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] x nahī̃[neg] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . if x too x not x , now then short time should , such practice then be[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … think[past-part.m.sg.d.] and go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
432I do not have this much practice. 433There is still more time, it will happen." 434The moment you think in this way, you have gone.
352कहाँ गया ? kahā̃ gayā ? kahā̃ jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? where go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
435Where have you gone?
353त्रेता में गया . trētā mē̃ gayā . trētā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . silver age in go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
436To the silver age.
354हाँ जी किया तो ब्रह्मा बाप के साथी बनेंगे . hā̃ jī kiyā tō brahmā bāp kē|K sāthī banē̃gē . hā̃ jī[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . yes do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then Brahma father (of|K) companion become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
437If you say "Ha ji", you become Braham Baba's companion.
355अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
438Achcha.
356टीचर्स सेः टीचर्स सब आगे बैठी हैं , होशियार हैं . teachers sēḥ teachers sab āgē baiṭhī haĩ , hōśhiyār haĩ . teacher x teacher sab[adj.] āgē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher x teacher all previously sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
439The teacherswho have come, raise your hands! 440All the teachers are sitting at the front.
357बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
441You are clever.
358बापदादा निमित्त बन सेवा करने की मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā nimitt ban sēvā karnē kī|key mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada instrument (become[root]|x) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
442Very good. 443BapDada is congratulating you for doing service as instruments.
359फिर भी देखो पुरूषार्थ करके सभी को यात्रा तो कराई है . phir bhī dēkhō purūṣhārth karkē sabhī kō yātrā tō karāī hai . phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] puruṣhārth karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] tō karānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] effort do[abs.] all to pilgrimage then make commit[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
444At least, you have made effort to enable everyone to come on the pilgrimage.
360कुमारों सेः कुमार क्या करेंगे ? kumār sēḥ kumār kyā karē̃gē ? kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kumār[x] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? kumar x kumar what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
445Achcha, kumars,raise your hands!
361कुमार सदा ही विश्वमें कोई न कोई परिवर्तन के लिये एवररेडी रहते हैं . kumār sadā hī viśvamē̃ kōī na kōī parivartan kē|K liyē ever ready rahtē haĩ . kumār[x] sadā hī[p.] x kōī na kōī[x] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ever ready rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . kumar constantly only x one .. or another transformation (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ever-ready remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
446And householders, raise your hands! 447There will be a larger number of Shaktis. 448What will the householders do?
362कोई भी क्रान्ति के निमित्त कुमार बनते हैं . kōī bhī krānti kē nimitt kumār bantē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] krānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē nimitt[x] kumār[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . anyone revolution x kumar become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 363तो ये है शान्ति की क्रान्ति . tō yē hai śhānti kī|key krānti . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key krānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then this be[pres.sg.23] peace (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) revolution .
449Householders should always remember the blessing: We are the most beautiful, number one showpiece in the showcase of the world.
364तो सभी कुमार सदा यह याद रखो कि हमारा हर कर्म परिवर्तन करने के निमित्त है . tō sabhī kumār sadā yah yād rakhō ki hamārā har|her karma parivartan karnē kē nimitt hai . tō sab[adv.hī] kumār[x] sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all kumar constantly this remember that we[.kā] (x[root]|x) deed transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.sg.23] .
450The more beautiful, you showpieces are, that is the samples, then the more people will come to make a bargain with the Father.
365तो कुमार अर्थात् विश्व परिवर्तक . tō kumār arthāt viśhva parivartak . tō kumār[x] arthāt viśhva parivartak[x] . then kumar that is world transformer .
451Seeing a sample, they will want to come and buy.
366ऐसे है ना ? aisē hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
452And what will kumars do?
367सिर्फ तालियाँ तो नहीं बजा रहे हो . sirph tāliyā̃ tō nahī̃ bajā rahē hō . sirph[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . only clapping then not play[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . 368अच्छे अच्छे कुमार हैं . achchhē achchhē kumār haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kumār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha achcha kumar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
453Kumars are constantly everready for one or another form of transformation in the world.
369देखो , बापदादा सदा कहते हैं कि सेवाकेन्द्र सेवा में आगे नम्बर पर जायें , उसके लिए कुमार भी जरूर चाहिये . dēkhō , bāpdādā sadā kahtē haĩ ki sēvākēndra sēvā mē̃ āgē number par jāyē̃ , uskē liē kumār bhī jarūr chāhiyē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā sadā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē number par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kumār[x] bhī[p.] zarūr chāhiē . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada constantly say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that centre service in previously number (at|other) go[opt.pl.12hon3] , of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) kumar too definitely should .
454Kumars are responsible for any type of revolution. 455So, this is the revolution for peace. 456All kumars should constantly remember: Our every action is instrumental for transformation.
370जहाँ कुमार नहीं होंगे वहाँ सेवा के प्लैन कम बनेंगे . jahā̃ kumār nahī̃ hōṅgē vahā̃ sēvā kē|K plan kam|cum banē̃gē . jahā̃ kumār[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan kam[adj.]|cum bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . where there kumar not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] there service (of|K) plan (less|x) become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
457So, kumars means world transformers. 458It is like this, is it not?
371तो ऐसे निर्विघ्न सेवाधारी कुमार . tō aisē nirvighna sēvādhārī kumār . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nirvighna[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kumār[x] . then such free from obstacles server kumar .
459You are not simply clapping, are you? 460There are very good kumars here.
372खिटखिट करने वाले नहीं बनना . khiṭkhiṭ karnē vālē nahī̃ bannā . khiṭ-khiṭ karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . complication do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 373निर्विघ्न सेवाधारी कुमार . nirvighna sēvādhārī kumār . nirvighna[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kumār[x] . free from obstacles server kumar .
461Look, BapDada always says that for a centre to go ahead in service, kumars are needed.
374कुमार ही सेवा की शोभा हैं इसीलिये बापदादा को कुमार प्यारे लगते हैं . kumār hī sēvā kī|key śhōbhā haĩ isīliyē bāpdādā kō kumār pyārē lagtē haĩ . kumār[x] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhōbhnā[x] isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] kumār[x] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . kumar only service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x[x] therefore BapDada to kumar loving x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 375अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
462Where there are no kumars, there will be less plans for service. 463So, you are such server kumars who are free from obstacles.
376इस वर्ष तो सभी को निर्विघ्न होना ही है , आपके पास कोई विघ्नों के पत्र नहीं आयेंगे-ये हो गया , ये हो गया … . is varṣh tō sabhī kō nirvighna hōnā hī hai , āpkē pās|pass kōī vighnō̃ kē|K patra nahī̃ āyēṅgē-yē hō gayā , yē hō gayā … . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass kōī[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] x hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … . this year then all to free from obstacles be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , you[.kē] (x|pass) some obstacle (of|K) x not x be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … .
464Do not be ones who create conflict, but be server kumars who are free from obstacles. 465Kumars are the beauty of service. 466This is why BapDada loves the kumars.
377कुमारों को माया भी बहुत प्यार करती है . kumār kō māyā bhī bahut pyār kartī hai . kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . kumar to Maya too very love do[pres.sg.f.23] .
467It is good. 468Everyone has to become free from obstacles this year.
378माया भी समझती है मेरा बनें , इसीलिये डबल अटेन्शन . māyā bhī samajhtī hai mērā banē̃ , isīliyē double attention . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , isliē double attention . Maya too understand[pres.sg.f.23] I[.kā] become[opt.pl.12hon3] , therefore double attention .
469There will be no letter of obstacles that this happened and this happened.
379माया के नहीं बनना . māyā kē|K nahī̃ bannā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Maya (of|K) not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
470Maya loves kumars a lot also.
380कुमारियों सेः कुमारियाँ क्या करेंगी ? kumāriyō̃ sēḥ kumāriyā̃ kyā karē̃gī ? kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] x kumārī[x] kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? kumari x kumari what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
471Maya also thinks that you should belong to her, and so you have to pay double the attention.
381कुमारियों का तो बहुत बहुत बड़ा भाग्य है . kumāriyō̃ kā tō bahut bahut baṛā bhāgya hai . kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō bahut bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . kumari of then very very very x be[pres.sg.23] .
472Do not belong to Maya. 473And what will the kumaris do? 474Kumaris have great fortune.
382कुमार 25 वर्ष का होगा लेकिन उनको कोई दादा नहीं कहेगा , लेकिन कुमारियों को दादी कहेंगे , दीदी कहेंगे . kumār 25 varṣh kā hōgā lēkin unkō kōī dādā nahī̃ kahēgā , lēkin kumāriyō̃ kō dādī kahē̃gē , dīdī kahē̃gē . kumār[x] 25 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] , lēkin kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . kumar 25 year of be[fut.m.sg.23] but that[.kō] some Dada not say[fut.m.sg.23] , but kumari to Dadi say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , didi say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
475A kumar may be of twentyfive years, but no one could call him dada. 476However, kumaris will be called dadis and didis. 477When a kumari becomes a teacher, she receives the title of dadi or didi.
383कुमारियाँ अगर टीचर बन जाती हैं तो दादी , दीदी का टाइटल मिल जाता है . kumāriyā̃ agar teacher ban jātī haĩ tō dādī , dīdī kā title mil jātā hai . kumārī[x] agar teacher bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] tō dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . kumari if teacher become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] then Dadi , didi of title receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
478They are called didi and many good ones also become this. 479However, to be didi means to be big.
384दीदी कहने वाले तो बहुत अच्छे हैं और बनने वाले भी अच्छे हैं . dīdī kahnē vālē tō bahut achchhē haĩ aur bannē vālē bhī achchhē haĩ . dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . didi say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] and become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
480And so, to be a didi means to make effort for the self and to inspire others with a big heart.
385लेकिन दीदी माना बड़ी . lēkin dīdī mānā baṛī . lēkin dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . but didi (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) very .
481Do not become happy with just the name "didi".
386तो दीदी बनना अर्थात् बड़े दिल से स्व का पुरूषार्थ और औरों को पुरूषार्थ कराना . tō dīdī bannā arthāt baṛē dil sē sva kā purūṣhārth aur aurō̃ kō purūṣhārth karānā . tō dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sva kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] puruṣhārth karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then didi become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is very heart from x of effort and others to effort make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] .
482You also have to do some work. 483It has been seen that Maya has extra love for kumars and kumaris. 484However, this is not love, it is deception.
387सिर्फ दीदी नाम से नहीं खुश हो जाना . sirph dīdī nām sē nahī̃ khuśh hō jānā . sirph[adj.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only didi name from not happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) . 388काम भी करना है . kām bhī karnā hai . kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (lust|task) too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
485First of all, Maya loves you a great deal, but merged within that is deceit.
389कुमार और कुमारियों से देखा जाता है कि माया का कुछ एक्स्ट्रा प्यार है . kumār aur kumāriyō̃ sē dēkhā jātā hai ki māyā kā kuchh extra pyār hai . kumār[x] aur kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh extra pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . kumar and kumari from (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that Maya of anything extra love be[pres.sg.23] .
486There should now not be any report of Maya from any kumar or kumari. 487There are these reports at present.
390लेकिन ये प्यार नहीं है , धोखा है . lēkin yē pyār nahī̃ hai , dhōkhā hai . lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but this love not be[pres.sg.23] , deception be[pres.sg.23] .
488Some do play games: kumars and kumaris. 489Now do not play games any more.
391पहले माया बहुत प्यार करती है लेकिन समाया हुआ धोखा होता है . pahlē māyā bahut pyār kartī hai lēkin samāyā huā dhōkhā hōtā hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x|firstly) Maya very love do[pres.sg.f.23] but merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] deception be[pres.sg.m.23] .
490Now, become world transformers, be cooperative with one another and continue to move forward.
392अभी कोई कुमार और कुमारी की माया के प्रति रिपोर्ट नहीं आनी चाहिये . abhī kōī kumār aur kumārī kī|key māyā kē prati report nahī̃ ānī chāhiyē . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] kumār[x] aur kumārī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key māyā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] report nahī̃[neg] ānā[.oblig3] . now some kumar and kumari (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Maya for report not come[.oblig3] .
491Is this all right? 492So, the householders are also playing a very good part of their own.
393अभी रिपोर्ट आती है . abhī report ātī hai . ab[adv.hī] report ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . now report come[pres.sg.f.23] . 394कई खेल करते हैं कुमार भी , कुमारियाँ भी . kaī khēl kartē haĩ kumār bhī , kumāriyā̃ bhī . kaī khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kumār[x] bhī[p.] , kumārī[x] bhī[p.] . some (play|play[root]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kumar too , kumari too .
493If it were not for householders, BapDada would have to accept the insults even now.
395अभी खेल नहीं करना . abhī khēl nahī̃ karnā . ab[adv.hī] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now (play|play[root]) not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
494He was insulted so much in the beginning.
396अभी विश्व परिवर्तक बन , सभी एक दो के सहयोगी बन आगे उड़ना . abhī viśhva parivartak ban , sabhī ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī ban āgē uṛnā . ab[adv.hī] viśhva parivartak[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now world transformer (become[root]|x) , all one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative (become[root]|x) previously fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
495However, seeing the sample of you householders, others had courage.
397ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 398प्रवृत्ति वालों सेः प्रवृत्ति वाले क्या करेंगे ? pravr̥itti vālō̃ sēḥ pravr̥itti vālē kyā karē̃gē ? pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] x pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? famille those who x famille those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
496So this is the speciality of the householders, but what does it mean to be a householder?
399प्रवृत्ति वाले सदा ये वरदान याद रखना कि हम विश्व के शो केस में बहुत बढ़िया नम्बरवन शो पीस हैं . pravr̥itti vālē sadā yē vardān yād rakhnā ki ham viśhva kē|K show case mē̃ bahut baṛhiyā number one show pīs|peace haĩ . pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā yah[pn.pl.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[x] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K show case mē̃[postp.] bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] number one show pīsnā[root]|peace hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . famille those who constantly this blessing remember that we world (of|K) show case in very x number one show (crush[root]|peace) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
497Those who remain in an attitude beyond. 498Householder does not mean to have the consciousness, "My grandson, my grandson", but to be those who have an attitude of remaining beyond.
400जितना आप शो पीस अर्थात् सेम्पल बढ़िया होंगे तो बाप से सौदा करने वाले बहुत आयेंगे . jitnā āp show pīs|peace arthāt sample baṛhiyā hōṅgē tō bāp sē saudā karnē vālē bahut āyēṅgē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] show pīsnā[root]|peace arthāt sample baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] saudā[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more you show (crush[root]|peace) that is sample x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then father from deal do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who very come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
499What happens is that because BapDada says "Remain loving and detached", you become loving, but not detached and loving. 500You make this mistake.
401सेम्पल को देखकरके स्वयं भी खरीददार बन जायेंगे . sample kō dēkhkarkē svayã bhī kharīdadār ban jāyēṅgē . sample kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] svayã bhī[p.] x bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . sample to see[abs.] x too x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
501Become loving, but first, become detached and then become loving.
402प्रवृत्ति वाले अपना बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . pravr̥itti vālē apnā bahut achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . famille those who (one’s own|adopt[root]) very achcha play one's part .
502You become loving but you forget to become detached.
403अगर प्रवृत्ति वाले नहीं होते तो अभी तक भी बापदादा को गालियाँ खानी पड़ती . agar pravr̥itti vālē nahī̃ hōtē tō abhī tak bhī bāpdādā kō gāliyā̃ khānī paṛtī . agar pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] gālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] khānā[inf.f.] paṛnā[pres-part.f.] . if famille those who not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then now until too BapDada to insult eat[inf.f.] fall[pres-part.f.] .
503So, you are loving and detached. 504You householders know how to become this, do you not?
404देखो पहले कितनी गाली खाई . dēkhō pahlē kitnī gālī khāī . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] gālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[past-part.f.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|firstly) so insult eat[past-part.f.] .
505You are clever, are you not?
405लेकिन आप प्रवृत्ति वालों का सेम्पल देखकर हिम्मत आती है . lēkin āp pravr̥itti vālō̃ kā sample dēkhkar himmat ātī hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sample dēkhnā[abs.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . but you famille those who of sample see[abs.] courage come[pres.sg.f.23] .
506In being loving and also in being detached? 507Now, do not write: What can I do, but Maya came?
406तो प्रवृत्ति वालों की भी अपनी विशेषता है लेकिन प्रवृत्ति का अर्थ क्या है ? tō pravr̥itti vālō̃ kī|key bhī apnī viśhēṣhtā hai lēkin pravr̥itti kā arth|earth kyā hai ? tō pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then famille those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too one’s own speciality be[pres.sg.23] but famille of (meaning|earth) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
508Write a letter that you have chased Maya away for all time. 509Why should you write a letter? 510Everything reaches Baba.
407पर वृत्ति में रहने वाले . par vr̥itti mē̃ rahnē vālē . par[postp.]|par[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . (at|other) attitude in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
511There is no need to write anything.
408प्रवृत्ति का अर्थ ये नहीं है-मेरा पोत्रा , मेरा धौत्रा . pravr̥itti kā arth|earth yē nahī̃ hai-mērā pōtrā , mērā dhautrā . pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] x pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] x . famille of (meaning|earth) this not x grandson , I[.kā] x .
512When you write, you write fourpage letters and your economy is finished.
409नहीं , पर वृत्ति में रहने वाले . nahī̃ , par vr̥itti mē̃ rahnē vālē . nahī̃[neg] , par[postp.]|par[adj.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . not , (at|other) attitude in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
513There is then expense incurred.
410लेकिन होता क्या है ? lēkin hōtā kyā hai ? lēkin hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? but be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
514Whose expense was that?
411बापदादा कहते हैं न्यारे और प्यारे रहो , तो प्यारे बनेंगे लेकिन न्यारे बनकर प्यारे नहीं बनते . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ nyārē aur pyārē rahō , tō pyārē banē̃gē lēkin nyārē bankar pyārē nahī̃ bantē . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[abs.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] unique and loving remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then loving become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but unique become[abs.] loving not become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
515Yours or Baba's? 516So you incurred unnecessary expense, did you not? 517And so much time is wasted of those who read the letters.
412ये गलती करते हैं . yē galatī|galtī kartē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this (mistake|x[pres-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
518What type of handwriting is it?
413प्यारे तो बन जाते हैं लेकिन न्यारापन भूल जाता है . pyārē tō ban jātē haĩ lēkin nyārāpan bhūl jātā hai . pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . loving then become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] but separation x[pres.sg.m.23] .
519Some words go towards the East and some go towards the West.
414तो प्यारे भी और न्यारे भी-ये प्रवृत्ति वालों को आता है ना ! tō pyārē bhī aur nyārē bhī-yē pravr̥itti vālō̃ kō ātā hai nā ! tō pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! then loving too and unique x famille those who to come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
520Just write two words; do not write in detail. 521Letters of good news are not long.
415प्यारे और न्यारे रहने में होशियार हैं ना ? pyārē aur nyārē rahnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ nā ? pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? loving and unique remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ? 416अभी ये नहीं लिखना कि माया आ गई क्या करें ? abhī yē nahī̃ likhnā ki māyā ā gaī kyā karē̃ ? ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? now this not write[inf.m.sg.d.] that Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
522When there is news of something wrong, they will be four page letters, and now the letters are to be of good news, are they not?
417माया को हमेशा के लिए भगा दिया-ऐसा पत्र लिखना . māyā kō hamēśhā kē liē bhagā diyā-aisā patra likhnā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] hamēśhā kē liē[x] bhagānā[root] x patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Maya to x for chase away[root] x x write[inf.m.sg.d.] .
523Or are they going to be long and complicated?
418पत्र लिखने की भी जरूरत नहीं , बाबा के पास पहुँचता है . patra likhnē kī|key bhī jarūrat nahī̃ , bābā kē pās pahuñchtā hai . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , bābā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x write[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too need not , Baba to reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
524No matter how many letters and how much news someone brings to you, what should you do?
419लिखते हैं तो 4-4 पेज पत्र लिखते हैं , इकॉनॉमी खत्म . likhtē haĩ tō 4-4 page patra likhtē haĩ , economy khatm . likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō 4-4 page patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , economy ḵẖatm[adj.] . write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then 4-4 x x write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , economical finished .
525You have to remain unshakeable and immovable and put them into the waste paper basket.
420खर्चा तो होता है ना , खर्चा किसका हुआ ? kharchā tō hōtā hai nā , kharchā kiskā huā ? kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? expenditure then be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , expenditure who[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
526Do not take an interest in it. 527What is this?
421आपका हुआ या बाप का हुआ ? āpkā huā yā bāp kā huā ? āp[pn.pl.kā] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? you[.kā] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or father of be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
528What has happened? 529No.
422तो फालतू खर्चा किया ना और फिर पढ़ने वाले का कितना फालतू टाइम जाता है . tō phāltū kharchā kiyā nā aur phir paṛhnē vālē kā kitnā phāltū time jātā hai . tō phāltū[adj.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phāltū[adj.] time jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . then useless expenditure do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ and (then|turn[root]) study[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who of so useless time go[pres.sg.m.23] .
530Let those who want to say something say it. 531You are listening to what Baba says.
423अक्षर भी क्या लिखते हैं कोई ईस्ट में जाता है , कोई वेस्ट में जाता है . akṣhar bhī kyā likhtē haĩ kōī east mē̃ jātā hai , kōī waste|west mē̃ jātā hai . akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kyā likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kōī[pn.;d.] east mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] waste|west mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . word too what write[pres.pl.m.12hon3] some east in go[pres.sg.m.23] , some (waste|west) in go[pres.sg.m.23] .
532Or, do you also wish to listen to others? 533What promise did you make?
424दो शब्दों में लिखो , डिटेल में नहीं लिखो . dō śhabdō̃ mē̃ likhō , detail mē̃ nahī̃ likhō . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , detail mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word in write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , detail in not write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
534That you will only listen to the One. 535Or, will you listen to others also?
425खुशखबरी के पत्र कभी भी लम्बे नहीं होते . khuśhkhabarī kē|K patra kabhī bhī lambē nahī̃ hōtē . khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . good news (of|K) x ever too x not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 426उल्टे सुल्टे समाचार का पत्र चार पेज का होगा . ulṭē sulṭē samāchār kā patra chār page kā hōgā . ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] chār[adj.] page kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . upside down the right way up news of x four x of be[fut.m.sg.23] .
536No matter what someone says some may say: I am the Father; someone else will say something else let them say it, let them experience that pleasure.
427तो अभी खुशखबरी के पत्र आने हैं ना कि लम्बे चौड़े आने हैं ? tō abhī khuśhkhabarī kē|K patra ānē haĩ nā ki lambē chauṛē ānē haĩ ? tō ab[adv.hī] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] nā ki[conj.] lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chauṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ? then now good news (of|K) x come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ∅ that x x come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ?
537You belong to the Father and you are going to remain belonging to the Father. 538Do you agree?
428कोई कितना भी आपके पास ऐसे ऐसे पत्र या समाचार सुनाये तो आपको क्या करना है ? kōī kitnā bhī āpkē pās|pass aisē aisē patra yā samāchār sunāyē tō āpkō kyā karnā hai ? kōī[pn.;d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? some so too you[.kē] (x|pass) such such x or news speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then you[.kō] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
539Or do you wish to experience a little pleasure? 540Those who remain under Baba's influence cannot come under the influence of any soul.
429अचल अडोल . achal aḍōl . achal aḍōl[adj.] . unshakeable unshakeable .
541Can they? 542No.
430वेस्ट पेपर बॉक्स में डाल दो . waste|west paper box mē̃ ḍāl dō . waste|west paper box mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . (waste|west) paper x in create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
543You are saying something good: what does it matter if I heard it?
431इन्टरेस्ट नहीं लो-ये क्या होता है , ये क्या हुआ … . interest nahī̃ lō-yē kyā hōtā hai , yē kyā huā … . interest[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] x kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … . interest not x what be[pres.sg.m.23] , this what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] … .
544But what has Baba said? 545Listen to the One and only listen to everything about the One.
432नहीं , कहने वाले कह रहे हैं . nahī̃ , kahnē vālē kah rahē haĩ . nahī̃[neg] , kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . not , say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 433आप तो बाप का कहा हुआ सुन रहे हो , कि औरों का भी सुनना है ? āp tō bāp kā kahā huā sun rahē hō , ki aurō̃ kā bhī sunnā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , ki[conj.] aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? you then father of say[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , that others of too listen[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
546Do you like this or do you enjoy listening to the Ramayana or the Mahabharata? 547No, you feel there should be a little entertainment every now and again.
434क्या वायदा है ? kyā vāydā hai ? kyā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what promise be[pres.sg.23] ? 435आप से ही सुनेंगे कि औरों से भी थोड़ा थोड़ा सुनेंगे ? āp sē hī sunē̃gē ki aurō̃ sē bhī thōṛā thōṛā sunē̃gē ? āp[pn.pl.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] aurō̃ sē[postp.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? you from only listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that others from too short short listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
548If others are doing something, let them enjoy themselves, but give them good wishes and keep yourself safe.
436कोई कुछ भी कहे , कोई कहे-हम बाप हैं , कोई कहे हम ये हैं … कहने दो , मौज मनाने दो . kōī kuchh bhī kahē , kōī kahē-ham bāp haĩ , kōī kahē ham yē haĩ … kahnē dō , mauj manānē dō . kōī[pn.;d.] kuchh bhī[x] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] x bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] … kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . some anything (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , some x father be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) we this be[pres.pl.12hon3] … say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , pleasure celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . 437आप बाप के हैं और बाप के रहना है . āp bāp kē|K haĩ aur bāp kē|K rahnā hai . āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you father (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] and father (of|K) remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
549Do you know how to remain safe or do you get a little of that heat also? 550You should not be affected by the heat but should constantly keep yourself safe. 551Achcha.
438मंजूर है ना कि थोड़ा थोड़ा मजा लेना है ? mañjūr hai nā ki thōṛā thōṛā majā lēnā hai ? mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? agree be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that short short pleasure take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
552All of you have now received blessings; the blessing everyday.
439बाप के प्रभाव में रहने वाले किसी भी आत्मा के प्रभाव में नहीं आ सकते . bāp kē|K prabhāv mē̃ rahnē vālē kisī bhī ātmā kē|K prabhāv mē̃ nahī̃ ā saktē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . father (of|K) x in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (some|anything) too soul (of|K) x in not come[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
553You have so much Godly love. 554You sing the song: Who else would love you as much?
440ये भी अच्छा बोलते हैं-सुन लिया तो क्या हुआ ! yē bhī achchhā bōltē haĩ-sun liyā tō kyā huā ! yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! this too achcha speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x take[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
555No one else can give you Godly love. 556It is impossible.
441लेकिन बाप ने क्या कहा है ? lēkin bāp nē kyā kahā hai ? lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? but father ∅ what say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
557Achcha. 558Maya is also trying to create a jamela.
442एक से सुनो , एक का ही सुनो . ēk sē sunō , ēk kā hī sunō . ēk[adj.] sē[postp.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one from listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one of only listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
559However, all of you are unshakeable.
443तो ये पसन्द है ना कि थोड़ा थोड़ा रामायण की कथा , महाभारत की कथा सुनना अच्छा है ? tō yē pasand hai nā ki thōṛā thōṛā rāmāyaṇ kī|key kathā , mahābhārat kī|key kathā sunnā achchhā hai ? tō yah[pn.pl.d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāmāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kathā[n.f.;sg.] , mahābhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kathā[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then this love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that short short x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) story , Mahabharata (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) story listen[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] ?
560So, are all your desires fulfilled? 561You have to continue to meet whilst you are alive. 562Do not ever be afraid of Maya's jamela.
444बीच बीच में थोड़ा मनोरंजन तो होना चाहिये ! bīch bīch mē̃ thōṛā manōrañjan tō hōnā chāhiyē ! bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[.oblig3] ! centre centre in short entertainment then be[.oblig3] !
563Come, we are also victorious. 564Challenge her even more. 565It does not matter.
445नहीं , आप अपनी मौज में रहो . nahī̃ , āp apnī mauj mē̃ rahō . nahī̃[neg] , āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not , you one’s own pleasure in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
566You have a jamela, but we also have a mela. 567Achcha.
446अगर और कुछ भी करते हैं तो उनको भी मौज करने दो , शुभ भावना दो . agar aur kuchh bhī kartē haĩ tō unkō bhī mauj karnē dō , śhubh bhāvnā dō . agar aur kuchh[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . if x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kō] too pleasure do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , pure feeling (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
568Can such a huge mela take place in Gyan Sarovar? 569(Yes, it is possible.) 570Show it to BapDada.
447आप सेफ रहो . āp safe rahō . āp[pn.pl.] safe rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you safe remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
571Where will you do it?
448सेफ रहना आता है कि थोड़ा सेक आ जाता है ? safe rahnā ātā hai ki thōṛā sēk|sake ā jātā hai ? safe rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? safe remain[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] that short (affected|sake) come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
572It is good. 573Gyan Sarovar has become a sample for the world.
449सेक भी नहीं आये . sēk|sake bhī nahī̃ āyē . sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . (affected|sake) too not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
574You have made it well.
450सदा सेफ रहना . sadā safe rahnā . sadā safe rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . constantly safe remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
575What is not possible?
451अच्छा , सभी को वरदान मिल गये . achchhā , sabhī kō vardān mil gayē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . achcha , all to blessing receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 452कितना परमात्म प्यार है . kitnā paramātma pyār hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so Supreme Soul love be[pres.sg.23] .
576Since you wish to claim the kingdom of the world, this is not a big thing.
453गीत गाते हो ना-इतना प्यार करेगा कौन ? gīt gātē hō nā-itanā pyār karēgā kaun ? gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] x pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] kaun[pn.;d.] ? x sing[pres.pl.m.2] x love do[fut.m.sg.23] who ?
577An asylum has to be created eventually. 578You have seen it now.
454परमात्म प्यार कोई और दे ही नहीं सकता . paramātma pyār kōī aur dē hī nahī̃ saktā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] aur dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Supreme Soul love some and (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
579When there is any fluctuation, come here. 580You have seen the place, have you not?
455असम्भव है . asambhav hai . asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . impossible be[pres.sg.23] . 456तो आशायें सब पूरी हुई ? tō āśhāyē̃ sab pūrī huī ? tō āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adj.] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ? then desire all (puri|full) be[past-part.f.] ?
581There will be a mela of mikes from everywhere at Gyan Sarovar, will there not?
457जब तक जीना है तब तक मिलते रहना है . jab tak jīnā hai tab tak miltē rahnā hai . jab tak[x] jīnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tab tak[x] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . as long as live[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
582Mikes from everywhere will come, will they not?
458कभी भी माया के झमेले से घबराना नहीं . kabhī bhī māyā kē|K jhamēlē sē ghabrānā nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] ghabrānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . ever too Maya (of|K) turmoil from be afraid[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
583This is a mela for Brahmins and that will be a mela of the mikes.
459आओ , हम भी विजयी हैं . āō , ham bhī vijayī haĩ . ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , we too victorious be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 460और ही चैलेन्ज करो-आओ , कई हर्जा नहीं . aur hī challenge karō-āō , kaī harjā nahī̃ . aur hī[p.] challenge x , kaī harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . and only challenge x , some x not . 461आपका झमेला है तो हमारा मेला है . āpkā jhamēlā hai tō hamārā mēlā hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ham[pn.pl.kā] mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] turmoil be[pres.sg.23] then we[.kā] fair be[pres.sg.23] .
584Gyan Sarovar has been created with a drop from everyone and everyone has given their every drop with a lot of love, from deep within their heart.
462अच्छा , ज्ञान सरोवर में इतना मेला हो सकता है ? achchhā , gyān sarōvar mē̃ itnā mēlā hō saktā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? achcha , Gyan Sarovar in such fair be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
585This is why Gyan Sarovar is a sample of the cooperation of all of you.
463 ( हो सकता है ) बापदादा को दिखाना , कहाँ करेंगे ? ( hō saktā hai ) bāpdādā kō dikhānā , kahā̃ karē̃gē ? ( hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ) bāpdādā kō[postp.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kahā̃ karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ) BapDada to x[inf.m.sg.d.] , where do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
586Those from Talheti have also done a lot of tapasya. 587Their tapasya is also now completed.
464अच्छा है , ज्ञान सरोवर एक विश्व के लिये सेम्पुल बना है . achchhā hai , gyān sarōvar ēk viśhva kē|K liyē sēmpul banā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , gyān sarōvar[x] ēk[adj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Gyan Sarovar one world (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
588Achcha. 589To all the souls from every direction of this land and abroad who are observing this scene in their subtle form; to the souls who are sustained by the elevated sustenance and those who are claiming a ruling status through the most elevated study; to the souls who attain all blessings from the Satguru; to the constantly victorious souls who are the conquerors of Maya; to the most elevated souls who have stopped constantly battling and are stabilised in the stage of being Raja Yogi souls, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.
465आखिर तो एसलम बनना ही है . ākhir tō asylum bannā hī hai . ākhir tō asylum bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at last then asylum become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
590Achcha, did the double foreigners enjoy the mela?
466अभी देख लिया ना , जब भी कोई बात नीचे ऊपर हो तो आ जाना . abhī dēkh liyā nā , jab bhī kōī bāt nīchē ūpar hō tō ā jānā . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā , jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nīchē ūpar hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō ānā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ , when too some matter down over (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then come[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
591Will all of you sleep like this in the tents? 592Or will you not be able to sleep?
467स्थान तो देख लिया ना ? sthān tō dēkh liyā nā ? sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā ? place then see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ ?
593Are you ready to sleep like this?
468ज्ञान सरोवर में सब तरफ के माइक्स का मेला होगा . gyān sarōvar mē̃ sab taraph kē|K māiksa kā mēlā hōgā . gyān sarōvar[x] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Gyan Sarovar in all direction (of|K) x of fair be[fut.m.sg.23] .
594You (Bharatwasis) do not allow them (double foreigners) to sleep in this way, but they are ready.
469सब तरफ के माइक आने हैं ना ? sab taraph kē|K mike ānē haĩ nā ? sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mike ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] nā ? all direction (of|K) mike come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ∅ ?
595You are very courageous. 596You are everready.
470ये ब्राह्मणों का मेला और वो है चारों ओर के माइक्स का मेला . yē brāhmaṇō̃ kā mēlā aur vō hai chārō̃ ōr kē|K māiksa kā mēlā . yah[pn.pl.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] aur vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mēlā[x] . this Brahmin of fair and that be[pres.sg.23] everywhere (of|K) x of fair .
597If you are given the Dunlop pillow, that is all right and if you are given the floor, that is all right too.
471क्योंकि ज्ञान सरोवर सभी के बूंद बूंद से सरोवर बना है और सभी ने दिल वा जान से सिक व प्रेम से बूंद बूंद डाली है . kyōṅki gyān sarōvar sabhī kē|K būnd būnd sē sarōvar banā hai aur sabhī nē dil vā jān sē sik va prēm sē būnd būnd ḍālī hai . kyōṅki gyān sarōvar[x] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K būnd[x] būnd[x] sē[postp.] sarōvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sik va prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] būnd[x] būnd[x] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because Gyan Sarovar all (of|K) drop drop from Sarovar become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and all ∅ heart or (know[root]|x) from x x love from drop drop create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
598Achcha, in this season, BapDada saw double foreigners with great zeal and enthusiasm also. 599BapDada saw expansion; there is expansion in numbers and progress in the stage also.
472इसीलिये आप सबके सहयोग का सेम्पल ज्ञान सरोवर है . isīliyē āp sabkē sahyōg kā sample gyān sarōvar hai . isliē āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sample gyān sarōvar[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore you everyone's cooperation of sample Gyan Sarovar be[pres.sg.23] .
600Now, the childhood games have finished. 601You have now grown up.
473यहाँ तलहटी वालों ने भी तपस्या बहुत समय से की , उन्हों की भी तपस्या पूरी हुई . yahā̃ talahṭī vālō̃ nē bhī tapasyā bahut samay sē kī|key , unhō̃ kī|key bhī tapasyā pūrī huī . yahā̃ talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . here x those who ∅ too tapasya very time from (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) , that (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too tapasya (puri|full) be[past-part.f.] .
602Achcha, is everyone all right? 603Did you enjoy the mela? 604You do not think: "What is this jamela etc.", do you? 605No, it is very good.
474सर्व तरफ के देशविदेश के सर्व सूक्ष्म स्वरूप से दृश्य देखने वाली आत्मायें , चारों ओर के सदा श्रेष्ठ पालना में पलने वाली , श्रेष्ठ पढ़ाई से राज्य पद पाने वाली आत्मायें , सद्गुरू द्वारा सर्व वरदान प्राप्त करने वाली आत्मायें , सदा मायाजीत विजयी रत्न , सदा युद्ध को छोड़ राजयोगी स्थिति में स्थित रहने वाली सर्वश्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और नमस्ते . sarv taraph kē|K dēśavidēś kē|K sarv sūkṣhma svarūp sē dr̥iśhya dēkhnē vālī ātmāyē̃ , chārō̃ ōr kē|K sadā śhrēṣhṭh pālnā mē̃ palnē vālī , śhrēṣhṭh paṛhāī sē rājya pad pānē vālī ātmāyē̃ , sadgurū dvārā sarv vardān prāpt karnē vālī ātmāyē̃ , sadā māyājīt vijayī ratna , sadā yuddha kō chhōṛ rājyōgī sthiti mē̃ sthit rahnē vālī sarvaśhrēṣhṭha ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur namastē . sarv[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] sūkṣhma[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] palnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] pānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sarv[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , sadā māyājīt[adj.] vijayī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] rājyōgī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . all direction (of|K) x (of|K) all subtle form from x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul , everywhere (of|K) constantly elevated (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , elevated (study|teach[past-part.f.]) from kingdom status x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul , Satguru through all blessing reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul , constantly x victorious jewel , constantly battle to renounce[root] Raja Yogi stage in stabilised remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x .
606Whatever happens in the drama is good and it will remain good. 607(The stage was decorated very beautifully.
475अच्छा , डबल विदेशियों को भी मेला अच्छा लगा ? achchhā , double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bhī mēlā achchhā lagā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mēlā[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? achcha , double foreigner to too fair achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
608A scene of the subtle region and the golden age were created.
476आप लोग ऐसे सोयेंगे , टेन्ट में सोयेंगे कि नींद नहीं आयेगी ? āp lōg aisē sōyēṅgē , tent mē̃ sōyēṅgē ki nīnd nahī̃ āyēgī ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tent mē̃[postp.] sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] ? you people such sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x in sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that sleep not come[fut.f.sg.23] ?
609BapDada saw all the scenes.)It is very good. 610All of you worked very hard.
477सोने के लिये तैयार हैं ? sōnē kē|K liyē taiyār haĩ ? sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? (gold|sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
611It is also a wonder of those from Gujarat.
478ये तो तैयार हैं आप नहीं सुलाते हो . yē tō taiyār haĩ āp nahī̃ sulātē hō . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] sulānā[pres.pl.m.2] . this then x be[pres.pl.12hon3] you not put to sleep[pres.pl.m.2] .
612You are not tired, are you? 613All of you did very well.
479बहुत बहादुर हैं , एवररेडी हैं . bahut bahādur haĩ , ever ready haĩ . bahut bahādur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
614Achcha. 615All those Pandavs who have been cooperative.
480अगर डनलप मिलेगा तो भी ठीक , जमीन मिलेगी तो भी ठीक . agar Dunlop milēgā tō bhī ṭhīk , jamīn milēgī tō bhī ṭhīk . agar Dunlop milnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō bhī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] , zamīn[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō bhī[x] ṭhīk[adj.] . if Dunlop pillow receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ OK , land receive[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ OK .
616Come. 617In fact, everyone has done something, but BapDada is calling the few instrument souls.
481अच्छा , डबल विदेशी भी इस सीजन में अच्छे उमंग उत्साह वाले देखे . achchhā , double vidēśhī bhī is season mē̃ achchhē umaṅg utsāh vālē dēkhē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . achcha , double foreigner too this season in achcha zeal enthusiasm those who (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .
618In fact, all of you have done something. 619(All brothers and sisters instruments in service came in front of BapDada.)All of you did the number one work.
482वृद्धि भी देखी , संख्या में भी वृद्धि है तो स्थिति में भी वृद्धि है . vr̥iddhi bhī dēkhī , saṅkhyā mē̃ bhī vr̥iddhi hai tō sthiti mē̃ bhī vr̥iddhi hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] , saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . growth too see[past-part.f.] , x in too growth be[pres.sg.23] then stage in too growth be[pres.sg.23] .
620(Speaking to all the brothers and sisters who had come to celebrate a meeting.)All of you are the most cooperative.
483अभी बचपन का खेल समाप्त हो गया , अभी बड़े हो गये . abhī bachpan kā khēl samāpt hō gayā , abhī baṛē hō gayē . ab[adv.hī] bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . now childhood of (play|play[root]) finished be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now very be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
621How could the mela have taken place if it hadn't been for you.
484अच्छा , सब ठीक है ? achchhā , sab ṭhīk hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha , all OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
622The result is very good.
485मेला पसन्द आया ? mēlā pasand āyā ? mēlā[x] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? fair love come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 486ऐसे तो नहीं सोचते-ये झमेला क्या है ? aisē tō nahī̃ sōcatē-yē jhamēlā kyā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] x jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such then not x turmoil what be[pres.sg.23] ?
623Speaking to Bhopalbhai (Main instrument at Talheti):All your desires are now fulfilled.
487नहीं , बहुत अच्छा . nahī̃ , bahut achchhā . nahī̃[neg] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . not , very achcha . 488जो ड्रामा में होता है वो अच्छा है और अच्छे ते अच्छा रहेगा . jō drama mē̃ hōtā hai vō achchhā hai aur achchhē tē achchhā rahēgā . jō[pn.;d.] drama mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that drama in be[pres.sg.m.23] that achcha be[pres.sg.23] and achcha from achcha remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
624Make this place even more free from obstacles by fulfilling all the regulations and it will be more useful. 625Do you understand? 626* * * O MS H A N T I * * *